| 1 | % Conventions: uncross-referenced entries appear first, then
|
|---|
| 2 | % cross-referenced entries. In both groups, entries are sorted by their
|
|---|
| 3 | % title field. Lines like "% A" exist to speed searches. The main
|
|---|
| 4 | % paper on a language uses the language name as the citation key. Other
|
|---|
| 5 | % papers use ``<language name>:'' as a prefix. Please consider leaving
|
|---|
| 6 | % keyword lists and an abstract or comment for future generations, and
|
|---|
| 7 | % put some identification in a contributer field.
|
|---|
| 8 |
|
|---|
| 9 | % Predefined journal names:
|
|---|
| 10 | % acmcs: Computing Surveys acta: Acta Infomatica
|
|---|
| 11 | % cacm: Communications of the ACM
|
|---|
| 12 | % ibmjrd: IBM J. Research & Development ibmsj: IBM Systems Journal
|
|---|
| 13 | % ieeese: IEEE Trans. on Soft. Eng. ieeetc: IEEE Trans. on Computers
|
|---|
| 14 | % ieeetcad: IEEE Trans. on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits
|
|---|
| 15 | % ipl: Information Processing Letters jacm: Journal of the ACM
|
|---|
| 16 | % jcss: J. Computer & System Sciences scp: Science of Comp. Programming
|
|---|
| 17 | % sicomp: SIAM J. on Computing tocs: ACM Trans. on Comp. Systems
|
|---|
| 18 | % tods: ACM Trans. on Database Sys. tog: ACM Trans. on Graphics
|
|---|
| 19 | % toms: ACM Trans. on Math. Software toois: ACM Trans. on Office Info. Sys.
|
|---|
| 20 | % toplas: ACM Trans. on Prog. Lang. & Sys.
|
|---|
| 21 | % tcs: Theoretical Computer Science
|
|---|
| 22 | @string{ieeepds="IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems"}
|
|---|
| 23 | @string{ieeese="IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
|
|---|
| 24 | @string{spe="Software---\-Practice and Experience"}
|
|---|
| 25 | @string{sigplan="SIGPLAN Notices"}
|
|---|
| 26 | @string{joop="Journal of Object-Oriented Programming"}
|
|---|
| 27 | @string{popl="Conference Record of the ACM Symposium on Principles of Programming Languages"}
|
|---|
| 28 | @string{osr="Operating Systems Review"}
|
|---|
| 29 | @string{pldi="Programming Language Design and Implementation"}
|
|---|
| 30 |
|
|---|
| 31 | % A
|
|---|
| 32 |
|
|---|
| 33 | @incollection{ABC++,
|
|---|
| 34 | keywords = {concurrency, parallel, distributed, C++},
|
|---|
| 35 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 36 | author = {William G. O'Farrell and Frank Ch. Eigler and S. David Pullara and Gregory V. Wilson },
|
|---|
| 37 | title = {{ABC}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 38 | editor = {Gregory V. Wilson and Paul Lu},
|
|---|
| 39 | booktitle = {Parallel Programming in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 40 | publisher = {MIT Press},
|
|---|
| 41 | series = {Scientific and Engineering Computation Series},
|
|---|
| 42 | year = 1996,
|
|---|
| 43 | pages = {1-42},
|
|---|
| 44 | }
|
|---|
| 45 |
|
|---|
| 46 | @techreport{CL90abstract,
|
|---|
| 47 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 48 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 49 | author = {Luca Cardelli and Xavier Leroy},
|
|---|
| 50 | title = {Abstract Types and the Dot Notation},
|
|---|
| 51 | institution = {Systems Research Center},
|
|---|
| 52 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 53 | address = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94301},
|
|---|
| 54 | number = 56,
|
|---|
| 55 | summary = {
|
|---|
| 56 | The existential types of Mitchell and Plotkin \cite{atet} model
|
|---|
| 57 | abstract types, but their ``open'' notation is unlike the usual dot
|
|---|
| 58 | notation used in programming languages. This paper gives
|
|---|
| 59 | translations between the ``open'' and ``dot'' forms, and suggests
|
|---|
| 60 | extensions for nested and for parameterized abstractions.
|
|---|
| 61 | }
|
|---|
| 62 | }
|
|---|
| 63 |
|
|---|
| 64 | @article{atet,
|
|---|
| 65 | keywords = {lambda calculus, polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 66 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 67 | author = {John C. Mitchell and Gordon D. Plotkin},
|
|---|
| 68 | title = {Abstract Types have Existential Type},
|
|---|
| 69 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 70 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 71 | month = jul, volume = 10, number = 3, pages = {470-502},
|
|---|
| 72 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 73 | Abstract data type declarations appear in typed programming
|
|---|
| 74 | languages like Ada, Alphard, CLU and ML. This form of declaration
|
|---|
| 75 | binds a list of identifiers to a type with associated operations, a
|
|---|
| 76 | composite ``value'' we call a {\em data algebra}. We use a
|
|---|
| 77 | second-order typed lambda calculus SOL to show how data algebras
|
|---|
| 78 | may be given types, passed as parameters, and returned as results of
|
|---|
| 79 | function calls. In the process, we discuss the semantics of
|
|---|
| 80 | abstract data type declarations and review a connection between
|
|---|
| 81 | typed programming languages and constructive logic.
|
|---|
| 82 | }
|
|---|
| 83 | }
|
|---|
| 84 |
|
|---|
| 85 | @article{alphard:intro,
|
|---|
| 86 | keywords = {encapsulation, data abstraction},
|
|---|
| 87 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 88 | author = {Wm. A. Wulf and Ralph L. London and Mary Shaw},
|
|---|
| 89 | title = {Abstraction and Verification in Alphard: Introduction to Language and Methodology},
|
|---|
| 90 | journal = ieeese,
|
|---|
| 91 | year = 1976,
|
|---|
| 92 | month = dec, volume = {SE-2}, number = 4, pages = {253-265},
|
|---|
| 93 | note = {Reprinted in \cite{alphard}.},
|
|---|
| 94 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 95 | Alphard is a programming language whose goals include supporting
|
|---|
| 96 | both the development of well-structured programs and the formal
|
|---|
| 97 | verification of these programs. This paper attempts to capture the
|
|---|
| 98 | symbiotic influence of these two goals on the design of the
|
|---|
| 99 | language. To that end the language description is interleaved with
|
|---|
| 100 | the presentation of a proof technique and discudssion of
|
|---|
| 101 | programming methodology. Examples to illustrate both the language
|
|---|
| 102 | and the verification technique are included.
|
|---|
| 103 | }
|
|---|
| 104 | }
|
|---|
| 105 |
|
|---|
| 106 | @book{Hilfinger83,
|
|---|
| 107 | keywords = {ada},
|
|---|
| 108 | author = {Paul N. Hilfinger},
|
|---|
| 109 | title = {Abstraction Mechanisms and Language Design},
|
|---|
| 110 | publisher = {MIT Press},
|
|---|
| 111 | series = {ACM Distinguished Dissertations},
|
|---|
| 112 | year = 1983,
|
|---|
| 113 | }
|
|---|
| 114 |
|
|---|
| 115 | @incollection{Lavender96,
|
|---|
| 116 | author = {R. Greg Lavender and Douglas C. Schmidt},
|
|---|
| 117 | chapter = {Active Object: An Object Behavioral Pattern for Concurrent Programming},
|
|---|
| 118 | title = {Pattern Languages of Program Design 2},
|
|---|
| 119 | editor = {John M. Vlissides and James O. Coplien and Norman L. Kerth},
|
|---|
| 120 | year = 1996,
|
|---|
| 121 | pages = {483-499},
|
|---|
| 122 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley Longman Publishing Co., Inc.},
|
|---|
| 123 | address = {Boston, MA, USA},
|
|---|
| 124 | }
|
|---|
| 125 |
|
|---|
| 126 | @article{Nierstrasz87,
|
|---|
| 127 | keywords = {Hybrid, active objects, object-oriented languages,
|
|---|
| 128 | object-based languages, delegation, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 129 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 130 | author = {O. M. Nierstrasz},
|
|---|
| 131 | title = {Active Objects in {Hybrid}},
|
|---|
| 132 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 133 | volume = 22,
|
|---|
| 134 | number = 12,
|
|---|
| 135 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 136 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 137 | pages = {243-253},
|
|---|
| 138 | note = {Proceedings of the OOPSLA'87 Conference, Oct. 4--8, 1987, Orlando, Florida},
|
|---|
| 139 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 140 | Most object-oriented languages are strong on reusability or on
|
|---|
| 141 | strong-typing, but weak on concurrency. In response to this gap,
|
|---|
| 142 | we are developing {\it Hybrid}, an object-oriented language in which
|
|---|
| 143 | objects are the active entities. Objects in Hybrid are organized
|
|---|
| 144 | into {\it domains}, and concurrent executions into {\it activities}.
|
|---|
| 145 | All object communications are based on remote procedure calls.
|
|---|
| 146 | Unstructured {\it sends\/} and {\it accepts\/} are forbidden. To
|
|---|
| 147 | this the mechanisms of {\it delegation\/} and {\it delay queues\/}
|
|---|
| 148 | are added to enable switching and triggering of activities.
|
|---|
| 149 | Concurrent subactivities and atomic actions are provided for
|
|---|
| 150 | compactness and simplicity. We show how solutions to many important
|
|---|
| 151 | concurrent problems [sic], such as pipelining, constraint management
|
|---|
| 152 | and ``administration'' can be compactly expressed using these
|
|---|
| 153 | mechanisms.
|
|---|
| 154 | },
|
|---|
| 155 | comment = {Mentions Thoth in reference to delegation}
|
|---|
| 156 | }
|
|---|
| 157 |
|
|---|
| 158 | @book{Actors,
|
|---|
| 159 | keywords = {actors, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 160 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 161 | author = {Gul A. Agha},
|
|---|
| 162 | title = {Actors: A Model of Concurrent Computation in Distributed Systems},
|
|---|
| 163 | publisher = {MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass.},
|
|---|
| 164 | year = 1986
|
|---|
| 165 | }
|
|---|
| 166 |
|
|---|
| 167 | @article{polymorphImpl,
|
|---|
| 168 | keywords = {Napier88},
|
|---|
| 169 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 170 | author = {R. Morrison and A. Dearle and R. C. H. Connor and A. L. Brown},
|
|---|
| 171 | title = {An Ad Hoc Approach to the Implementation of Polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 172 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 173 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 174 | month = jul,
|
|---|
| 175 | volume = 13,
|
|---|
| 176 | number = 3,
|
|---|
| 177 | pages = {342-371},
|
|---|
| 178 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 179 | Polymorphic abstraction provides the ability to write programs that
|
|---|
| 180 | are independent of the form of the data over which they operate.
|
|---|
| 181 | There are a number of different categories of polymorphic
|
|---|
| 182 | expression---ad hoc and universal, which includes parametric and
|
|---|
| 183 | inclusion---all of which have many advantages in terms of code
|
|---|
| 184 | reuse and software economics. It has proved difficult to provide
|
|---|
| 185 | efficient implementations of polymorphism. Here, we address this
|
|---|
| 186 | problem and describe a new technique that can implement all forms
|
|---|
| 187 | of polymorphism, use a conventional machine architecture, and
|
|---|
| 188 | support nonuniform data representations. Furthermore, the method
|
|---|
| 189 | ensures that any extra cost of implementation applies to
|
|---|
| 190 | polymorphic forms only, and allows such polymorphic forms to
|
|---|
| 191 | persist over program invocations.
|
|---|
| 192 | },
|
|---|
| 193 | summary = {
|
|---|
| 194 | They give three ways to implement polymorphism: {\em textual
|
|---|
| 195 | polymorphism}, which seems to be template instantiation, {\em
|
|---|
| 196 | uniform polymorphism}, which they explain badly, and {\em tagged
|
|---|
| 197 | polymorphism}, where object code performs type tests.
|
|---|
| 198 |
|
|---|
| 199 | They use first-class procedures to implement polymorphism: routines
|
|---|
| 200 | with type parameters are implemented as curried routines that
|
|---|
| 201 | return a nested routine that refers to the type parameter.
|
|---|
| 202 | }
|
|---|
| 203 | }
|
|---|
| 204 |
|
|---|
| 205 | @article{dim:ada,
|
|---|
| 206 | keywords = {Dimensional Analysis, Ada},
|
|---|
| 207 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 208 | author = {Paul N. Hilfinger},
|
|---|
| 209 | title = {An {Ada} Package for Dimensional Analysis},
|
|---|
| 210 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 211 | month = apr,
|
|---|
| 212 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 213 | volume = 10,
|
|---|
| 214 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 215 | pages = {189-203},
|
|---|
| 216 | }
|
|---|
| 217 |
|
|---|
| 218 | @mastersthesis{Younger91,
|
|---|
| 219 | keywords = {concurrency, C++, postponing requests},
|
|---|
| 220 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 221 | author = {Brian M. Younger},
|
|---|
| 222 | title = {Adding Concurrency to {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 223 | school = {University of Waterloo},
|
|---|
| 224 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 225 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
|
|---|
| 226 | }
|
|---|
| 227 |
|
|---|
| 228 | @inproceedings{Buhr92c,
|
|---|
| 229 | keywords = {concurrency},
|
|---|
| 230 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 231 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Glen Ditchfield},
|
|---|
| 232 | title = {Adding Concurrency to a Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 233 | booktitle = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Technical Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 234 | organization= {USENIX Association},
|
|---|
| 235 | address = {Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 236 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 237 | year = 1992,
|
|---|
| 238 | pages = {207-224},
|
|---|
| 239 | }
|
|---|
| 240 |
|
|---|
| 241 | @article{Buhr89b,
|
|---|
| 242 | keywords = {concurrency, C++},
|
|---|
| 243 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 244 | author = {P. A. Buhr and Glen Ditchfield and C. R. Zarnke},
|
|---|
| 245 | title = {Adding Concurrency to a Statically Type-Safe Object-Oriented Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 246 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 247 | volume = 24,
|
|---|
| 248 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 249 | month = apr,
|
|---|
| 250 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 251 | pages = {18-21},
|
|---|
| 252 | note = {Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN Workshop on Object-Based Concurrent Programming, Sept. 26--27, 1988, San Diego, California, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 253 | }
|
|---|
| 254 |
|
|---|
| 255 | @article{Knuth66,
|
|---|
| 256 | keywords = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion},
|
|---|
| 257 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 258 | author = {Donald E. Knuth},
|
|---|
| 259 | title = {Additional Comments on a Problem in Concurrent Programming Control},
|
|---|
| 260 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 261 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 262 | year = 1966,
|
|---|
| 263 | volume = 9,
|
|---|
| 264 | number = 5,
|
|---|
| 265 | pages = {321-322},
|
|---|
| 266 | note = {Letter to the Editor}
|
|---|
| 267 | }
|
|---|
| 268 |
|
|---|
| 269 | @article{DeBruijn67,
|
|---|
| 270 | keywords = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion},
|
|---|
| 271 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 272 | author = {Nicolaas Govert de Bruijn},
|
|---|
| 273 | title = {Additional Comments on a Problem in Concurrent Programming Control},
|
|---|
| 274 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 275 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 276 | year = 1967,
|
|---|
| 277 | volume = 10,
|
|---|
| 278 | number = 3,
|
|---|
| 279 | pages = {137-138},
|
|---|
| 280 | note = {letter to the Editor}
|
|---|
| 281 | }
|
|---|
| 282 |
|
|---|
| 283 | @phdthesis{Krischer10,
|
|---|
| 284 | author = {Roy Krischer},
|
|---|
| 285 | title = {Advanced Concepts in Asynchronous Exception Handling},
|
|---|
| 286 | school = {University of Waterloo},
|
|---|
| 287 | year = 2010,
|
|---|
| 288 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 289 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
|
|---|
| 290 | optnote = {\textsf{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/\-bitstream/10012/\-5751\-/1/Krischer\_Roy.pdf}},
|
|---|
| 291 | note = {\href{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/bitstream/10012/5751/1/Krischer_Roy.pdf}{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/\-bitstream/10012/\-5751\-/1/Krischer\_Roy.pdf}},
|
|---|
| 292 | }
|
|---|
| 293 |
|
|---|
| 294 | @article{Buhr00a,
|
|---|
| 295 | keywords = {exception handling},
|
|---|
| 296 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 297 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and W. Y. Russell Mok},
|
|---|
| 298 | title = {Advanced Exception Handling Mechanisms},
|
|---|
| 299 | journal = ieeese,
|
|---|
| 300 | volume = 26,
|
|---|
| 301 | number = 9,
|
|---|
| 302 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 303 | year = 2000,
|
|---|
| 304 | pages = {820-836},
|
|---|
| 305 | }
|
|---|
| 306 |
|
|---|
| 307 | @book{Richter97,
|
|---|
| 308 | keywords = {Win32, threads},
|
|---|
| 309 | author = {Jeffrey M. Richter},
|
|---|
| 310 | title = {Advanced Windows},
|
|---|
| 311 | publisher = {Microsoft Press},
|
|---|
| 312 | year = 1997,
|
|---|
| 313 | edition = {third},
|
|---|
| 314 | }
|
|---|
| 315 |
|
|---|
| 316 | @article{Francez77,
|
|---|
| 317 | keywords = {parameter passing, named/positional arguments},
|
|---|
| 318 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 319 | author = {Nissim Francez},
|
|---|
| 320 | title = {Another Advantage of Key word Notation for Parameter Communication with Subprograms},
|
|---|
| 321 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 322 | volume = 20,
|
|---|
| 323 | number = 8,
|
|---|
| 324 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 325 | year = 1977,
|
|---|
| 326 | pages = {604-605},
|
|---|
| 327 | }
|
|---|
| 328 |
|
|---|
| 329 | @article{Algol60,
|
|---|
| 330 | keywords = {Algol60},
|
|---|
| 331 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 332 | author = {J. W. Backus and F. L. Bauer and J. Green and C. Katz and
|
|---|
| 333 | J. McCarthy and P. Naur and A. J. Perlis and H. Rutishauser and K. Samuelson
|
|---|
| 334 | and B. Vauquois and J.H. Wegstein and A. van Wijngaarden and M. Woodger},
|
|---|
| 335 | title = {Revised Report on the Algorithmic Language Algol 60},
|
|---|
| 336 | editor = {Peter Nauer},
|
|---|
| 337 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 338 | volume = 6,
|
|---|
| 339 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 340 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 341 | year = 1963,
|
|---|
| 342 | pages = {1-17},
|
|---|
| 343 | }
|
|---|
| 344 |
|
|---|
| 345 | @article{Mellor-Crummey91,
|
|---|
| 346 | keywords = {spin locks, compare-and-swap, barriers},
|
|---|
| 347 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 348 | author = {John M. Mellor-Crummey and Michael L. Scott},
|
|---|
| 349 | title = {Algorithm for Scalable Synchronization on Shared-Memory Multiprocessors},
|
|---|
| 350 | journal = tocs,
|
|---|
| 351 | volume = 9,
|
|---|
| 352 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 353 | month = feb,
|
|---|
| 354 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 355 | pages = {21-65},
|
|---|
| 356 | }
|
|---|
| 357 |
|
|---|
| 358 | @article{Cormack81,
|
|---|
| 359 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 360 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 361 | author = {Gordon V. Cormack},
|
|---|
| 362 | title = {An Algorithm for the Selection of Overloaded Functions in {Ada}},
|
|---|
| 363 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 364 | year = 1981,
|
|---|
| 365 | month = feb, volume = 16, number = 2, pages = {48-52},
|
|---|
| 366 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 367 | A one-pass, top-down algorithm for overload resolution. Input is a
|
|---|
| 368 | parse tree and the desired result type, and output is the number of
|
|---|
| 369 | solutions. For each overloading of the root identifier with a
|
|---|
| 370 | matching parameter list, recursively solve for each parameter for
|
|---|
| 371 | the corresponding argument type---there should be one solution.
|
|---|
| 372 | }
|
|---|
| 373 | }
|
|---|
| 374 |
|
|---|
| 375 | @book{Raynal86,
|
|---|
| 376 | keywords = {mutual exclusion, locks},
|
|---|
| 377 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 378 | author = {M. Raynal},
|
|---|
| 379 | title = {Algorithms for Mutual Exclusion},
|
|---|
| 380 | publisher = {The MIT Press},
|
|---|
| 381 | address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts},
|
|---|
| 382 | series = {Scientific Computation Series},
|
|---|
| 383 | year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 384 | note = {Translated by D. Beeson},
|
|---|
| 385 | }
|
|---|
| 386 |
|
|---|
| 387 | @incollection{Gidenstam05,
|
|---|
| 388 | keywords = {lock free, dynamic memory allocation},
|
|---|
| 389 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 390 | author = {Anders Gidenstam and Marina Papatriantafilou and Philippas Tsigas},
|
|---|
| 391 | title = {Allocating Memory in a Lock-free Manner},
|
|---|
| 392 | editor = {Gerth St{\o}lting Brodal and Stefano Leonardi},
|
|---|
| 393 | booktitle = {Algorithms -- ESA 2005},
|
|---|
| 394 | pages = {329-342},
|
|---|
| 395 | publisher = {Springer},
|
|---|
| 396 | year = 2005,
|
|---|
| 397 | volume = 3669,
|
|---|
| 398 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
|
|---|
| 399 | }
|
|---|
| 400 |
|
|---|
| 401 | @book{Sites92,
|
|---|
| 402 | keywords = {computers, Alpha},
|
|---|
| 403 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 404 | editor = {Richard L. Sites},
|
|---|
| 405 | title = {Alpha Architecture Reference Manual},
|
|---|
| 406 | publisher = {Digital Press, One Burlington Woods Drive, Burlington, MA, U. S. A., 01803},
|
|---|
| 407 | year = 1992,
|
|---|
| 408 | }
|
|---|
| 409 |
|
|---|
| 410 | @book{alphard,
|
|---|
| 411 | keywords = {Parametric polymorphism, alphard, iterators, nested types},
|
|---|
| 412 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 413 | editor = {Mary Shaw},
|
|---|
| 414 | title = {{ALPHARD}: Form and Content},
|
|---|
| 415 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 416 | year = 1981,
|
|---|
| 417 | comment = {Collection of papers about Alphard.}
|
|---|
| 418 | }
|
|---|
| 419 |
|
|---|
| 420 | @article{Kessels77,
|
|---|
| 421 | keywords = {monitors},
|
|---|
| 422 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 423 | author = {Joep L. W. Kessels},
|
|---|
| 424 | title = {An Alternative to Event Queues for Synchronization in Monitors},
|
|---|
| 425 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 426 | volume = 20,
|
|---|
| 427 | number = 7,
|
|---|
| 428 | month = jul,
|
|---|
| 429 | year = 1977,
|
|---|
| 430 | pages = {500-503},
|
|---|
| 431 | annote = {
|
|---|
| 432 | }
|
|---|
| 433 | }
|
|---|
| 434 |
|
|---|
| 435 | @article{descr,
|
|---|
| 436 | keywords = {X2, subclasses, inheritance, parameterized classes},
|
|---|
| 437 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 438 | author = {David Sandberg},
|
|---|
| 439 | title = {An Alternative to Subclassing},
|
|---|
| 440 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 441 | volume = {21}, number = {11},
|
|---|
| 442 | pages = {424-428},
|
|---|
| 443 | month = nov, year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 444 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 445 | The Smalltalk class hierarchy has three uses: factoring out code;
|
|---|
| 446 | ``Abstraction superclasses'' such as Collection; rapid construction
|
|---|
| 447 | of new classes by incremental change.
|
|---|
| 448 |
|
|---|
| 449 | ``A descriptive class specifies a partial behavior by specifying a
|
|---|
| 450 | set of procedure headings that describe what can be done with
|
|---|
| 451 | instances of classes that belong to the descriptive class.'' An
|
|---|
| 452 | ``instance'' statement declares a class to be an instance of a
|
|---|
| 453 | descriptive class and defines the correspondence between
|
|---|
| 454 | operations. Procedures with descriptive class parameters take any
|
|---|
| 455 | instance as arguments. Descriptive classes can describe relations
|
|---|
| 456 | like ``c is a collection with element type e'', but how such things
|
|---|
| 457 | are used isn't explained.
|
|---|
| 458 |
|
|---|
| 459 | For each descriptive class used in a parameter list, an implicit
|
|---|
| 460 | parameter is created that is passed a vector of procedures.
|
|---|
| 461 | }
|
|---|
| 462 | }
|
|---|
| 463 |
|
|---|
| 464 | @incollection{Matsuoka93,
|
|---|
| 465 | keywords = {inheritance anomaly},
|
|---|
| 466 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 467 | author = {Satoshi Matsuoka and Akinori Yonezawa},
|
|---|
| 468 | title = {Analysis of Inheritance Anomaly in Object-Oriented Concurrent Programming Languages},
|
|---|
| 469 | booktitle = {Research Directions in Concurrent Object-Oriented Programming},
|
|---|
| 470 | editor = {Gul Agha and Peter Wegner and Akinori Yonezawa},
|
|---|
| 471 | publisher = {MIT Press},
|
|---|
| 472 | year = 1993,
|
|---|
| 473 | pages = {107-150},
|
|---|
| 474 | }
|
|---|
| 475 |
|
|---|
| 476 | @article{Sinha00,
|
|---|
| 477 | author = {Saurabh Sinha and Mary Jean Harrold},
|
|---|
| 478 | title = {Analysis and Testing of Programs with Exception-Handling Constructs},
|
|---|
| 479 | journal = ieeese,
|
|---|
| 480 | year = 2000,
|
|---|
| 481 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 482 | volume = 26,
|
|---|
| 483 | number = 9,
|
|---|
| 484 | pages = {849--871},
|
|---|
| 485 | }
|
|---|
| 486 |
|
|---|
| 487 | @inproceedings{Robillard99,
|
|---|
| 488 | author = {Martin P. Robillard and Gail C. Murphy},
|
|---|
| 489 | title = {Analyzing Exception Flow in {J}ava Programs},
|
|---|
| 490 | booktitle = {ESEC/FSE-7: Proceedings of the 7th European Software Engineering Conference held jointly
|
|---|
| 491 | with the 7th ACM SIGSOFT International Symposium on Foundations of Software Engineering},
|
|---|
| 492 | year = 1999,
|
|---|
| 493 | pages = {322--337},
|
|---|
| 494 | isbn = {3-540-66538-2},
|
|---|
| 495 | location = {Toulouse, France},
|
|---|
| 496 | doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/318773.319251},
|
|---|
| 497 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 498 | address = {London, UK},
|
|---|
| 499 | }
|
|---|
| 500 |
|
|---|
| 501 | @book{C++,
|
|---|
| 502 | keywords = {C++, ANSI},
|
|---|
| 503 | author = {Margaret A. Ellis and Bjarne Stroustrup},
|
|---|
| 504 | title = {The Annotated {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Reference Manual},
|
|---|
| 505 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 506 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 507 | edition = {first},
|
|---|
| 508 | }
|
|---|
| 509 |
|
|---|
| 510 | @book{APL,
|
|---|
| 511 | keywords = {APL},
|
|---|
| 512 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 513 | author = {K. E. Iverson},
|
|---|
| 514 | title = {A Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 515 | publisher = {Wiley, New York},
|
|---|
| 516 | year = 1962
|
|---|
| 517 | }
|
|---|
| 518 |
|
|---|
| 519 | @article{PS-Algol:old,
|
|---|
| 520 | author = {M. Atkinson and P. Bailey and K. Chisholm and P. Cockshott and R. Morrison},
|
|---|
| 521 | title = {An Approach to Persistent Programming},
|
|---|
| 522 | journal = {The Computer Journal},
|
|---|
| 523 | year = 1983,
|
|---|
| 524 | volume = 26,
|
|---|
| 525 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 526 | pages = {360-365},
|
|---|
| 527 | }
|
|---|
| 528 |
|
|---|
| 529 | @article{Kessels82,
|
|---|
| 530 | keywords = {concurrency, critical section},
|
|---|
| 531 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 532 | author = {Joep L. W. Kessels},
|
|---|
| 533 | title = {Arbitration Without Common Modifiable Variables},
|
|---|
| 534 | journal = acta,
|
|---|
| 535 | volume = 17,
|
|---|
| 536 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 537 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 538 | year = 1982,
|
|---|
| 539 | pages = {135-141},
|
|---|
| 540 | }
|
|---|
| 541 |
|
|---|
| 542 | @article{Buhr95a,
|
|---|
| 543 | keywords = {concurrency, library approach},
|
|---|
| 544 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 545 | author = {Peter A. Buhr},
|
|---|
| 546 | title = {Are Safe Concurrency Libraries Possible?},
|
|---|
| 547 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 548 | month = feb,
|
|---|
| 549 | year = 1995,
|
|---|
| 550 | volume = 38,
|
|---|
| 551 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 552 | pages = {117-120},
|
|---|
| 553 | }
|
|---|
| 554 |
|
|---|
| 555 | @book{ARMv7,
|
|---|
| 556 | key = {ARM processor},
|
|---|
| 557 | title = {ARM Architecture Reference Manual},
|
|---|
| 558 | publisher = {ARM},
|
|---|
| 559 | volume = {ARM DDI 0406C.b (ID072512)},
|
|---|
| 560 | year = 2012,
|
|---|
| 561 | }
|
|---|
| 562 |
|
|---|
| 563 | @book{Herlihy08,
|
|---|
| 564 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 565 | author = {Herlihy, Maurice and Shavit, Nir},
|
|---|
| 566 | title = {The Art of Multiprocessor Programming},
|
|---|
| 567 | year = 2008,
|
|---|
| 568 | isbn = {0123705916, 9780123705914},
|
|---|
| 569 | publisher = {Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc.},
|
|---|
| 570 | address = {San Francisco, CA, USA},
|
|---|
| 571 | }
|
|---|
| 572 |
|
|---|
| 573 | @inproceedings{Chung10,
|
|---|
| 574 | keywords = {transactional memory, lock-free programming, x86 architecture},
|
|---|
| 575 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 576 | author = {Jaewoong Chung and Luke Yen and Stephan Diestelhorst and Martin Pohlack and Michael Hohmuth and David Christie and Dan Grossman},
|
|---|
| 577 | title = {ASF: AMD64 Extension for Lock-Free Data Structures and Transactional Memory},
|
|---|
| 578 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the 2010 43rd Annual IEEE/ACM International Symposium on Microarchitecture},
|
|---|
| 579 | series = {MICRO '43},
|
|---|
| 580 | year = 2010,
|
|---|
| 581 | pages = {39--50},
|
|---|
| 582 | numpages = {12},
|
|---|
| 583 | publisher = {IEEE Computer Society},
|
|---|
| 584 | address = {Washington, DC, USA},
|
|---|
| 585 | }
|
|---|
| 586 |
|
|---|
| 587 | @article{Buhr94a,
|
|---|
| 588 | keywords = {assignment, parameter passing, multiple assignment},
|
|---|
| 589 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 590 | author = {P. A. Buhr and David Till and C. R. Zarnke},
|
|---|
| 591 | title = {Assignment as the Sole Means of Updating Objects},
|
|---|
| 592 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 593 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 594 | year = 1994,
|
|---|
| 595 | volume = 24,
|
|---|
| 596 | number = 9,
|
|---|
| 597 | pages = {835-870},
|
|---|
| 598 | }
|
|---|
| 599 |
|
|---|
| 600 | @inproceedings{Krischer08,
|
|---|
| 601 | keywords = {exception handling, asynchronous, blocked tasks},
|
|---|
| 602 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 603 | author = {Roy Krischer and Peter A. Buhr},
|
|---|
| 604 | title = {Asynchronous Exception Propagation in Blocked Tasks},
|
|---|
| 605 | booktitle = {4th International Workshop on Exception Handling (WEH.08)},
|
|---|
| 606 | organization= {16th International Symposium on the Foundations of Software Engineering (FSE 16)},
|
|---|
| 607 | address = {Atlanta, U.S.A},
|
|---|
| 608 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 609 | year = 2008,
|
|---|
| 610 | pages = {8-15},
|
|---|
| 611 | }
|
|---|
| 612 |
|
|---|
| 613 | @article{oop:modpascal,
|
|---|
| 614 | keywords = {ModPascal},
|
|---|
| 615 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 616 | author = {Walter G. Olthoff},
|
|---|
| 617 | title = {Augmentation of Object-Oriented Programming by Concepts of Abstract Data Type Theory: The ModPascal Experience},
|
|---|
| 618 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 619 | volume = 21,
|
|---|
| 620 | number = 11,
|
|---|
| 621 | pages = {429-443},
|
|---|
| 622 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 623 | year = 1986
|
|---|
| 624 | }
|
|---|
| 625 |
|
|---|
| 626 | @inproceedings{Shen91,
|
|---|
| 627 | keywords = {Ada, polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 628 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 629 | author = {Jun Shen and Gordon V. Cormack},
|
|---|
| 630 | title = {Automatic instantiation in Ada},
|
|---|
| 631 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the ACM Tri-Ada Conference},
|
|---|
| 632 | organization= {ACM},
|
|---|
| 633 | address = {San Jose, California, U.S.A},
|
|---|
| 634 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 635 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 636 | pages = {338-346},
|
|---|
| 637 | }
|
|---|
| 638 |
|
|---|
| 639 | @article{Havender68,
|
|---|
| 640 | keywords = {deadlock},
|
|---|
| 641 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 642 | author = {J. W. Havender},
|
|---|
| 643 | title = {Avoiding Deadlock in Multitasking Systems},
|
|---|
| 644 | journal = ibmsj,
|
|---|
| 645 | volume = 7,
|
|---|
| 646 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 647 | year = 1968,
|
|---|
| 648 | pages = {74-84},
|
|---|
| 649 | }
|
|---|
| 650 |
|
|---|
| 651 | % B
|
|---|
| 652 |
|
|---|
| 653 | @incollection{beta:old,
|
|---|
| 654 | keywords = {beta, patterns, virtual types},
|
|---|
| 655 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 656 | author = {Bent Bruun Kristensen and Ole Lehrmann Madsen and Birger M{\o}ller-Pedersen and Kristen Nygaard},
|
|---|
| 657 | title = {The BETA Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 658 | booktitle = {Research Directions in Object-Oriented Programming},
|
|---|
| 659 | publisher = {MIT Press},
|
|---|
| 660 | series = {Computer Systems Series},
|
|---|
| 661 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 662 | pages = {7-48},
|
|---|
| 663 | editor = {Bruce Shriver and Peter Wegner}
|
|---|
| 664 | }
|
|---|
| 665 |
|
|---|
| 666 | @article{Knudsen87,
|
|---|
| 667 | keyword = {static exception handling mechanism, BETA, sequel},
|
|---|
| 668 | contributor = {wyrmok@plg},
|
|---|
| 669 | author = {J{\o}rgen Lindskov Knudsen},
|
|---|
| 670 | title = {Better Exception Handling in Block Structured Systems},
|
|---|
| 671 | journal = {IEEE Software},
|
|---|
| 672 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 673 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 674 | volume = 4,
|
|---|
| 675 | number = 3,
|
|---|
| 676 | pages = {40-49},
|
|---|
| 677 | comments = {
|
|---|
| 678 | Going up the call hierarchy to look for a handler does not fit an
|
|---|
| 679 | otherwise statically scoped language. Also, not knowing which handler
|
|---|
| 680 | to be used when raising an abnormal event is seen as a weakness of the
|
|---|
| 681 | (dynamic) exception handling mechanism. Knudsen believed that raising
|
|---|
| 682 | an exception should specify the handler for the exception -- the
|
|---|
| 683 | handler is chosen when the exception is raised. However, I don't think
|
|---|
| 684 | his scheme can solve the problem, especially with all the callback
|
|---|
| 685 | routines commonly found in OO programming.
|
|---|
| 686 |
|
|---|
| 687 | BETA exception handling mechanism uses his work as a foundation.
|
|---|
| 688 | However, I don't see any benefits BETA has over other language that is
|
|---|
| 689 | a direct consequence of Knudsen's work. On the other hand, my knowledge
|
|---|
| 690 | on BETA is very limited.
|
|---|
| 691 | }
|
|---|
| 692 | }
|
|---|
| 693 |
|
|---|
| 694 | @book{BCPL,
|
|---|
| 695 | keywords = {BCPL},
|
|---|
| 696 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 697 | author = {M. Richards and C. Whitby-Strevens},
|
|---|
| 698 | title = {{BCPL} -- The Language and Its Compiler},
|
|---|
| 699 | publisher = {Cambridge University Press, Cambridge},
|
|---|
| 700 | year = 1979,
|
|---|
| 701 | }
|
|---|
| 702 |
|
|---|
| 703 | @incollection{Madsen87,
|
|---|
| 704 | keywords = {nested classes},
|
|---|
| 705 | contributer = {pabuhr@watmsg},
|
|---|
| 706 | author = {Ole Lehrmann Madsen},
|
|---|
| 707 | title = {Block Structure and Object Oriented Languages},
|
|---|
| 708 | booktitle = {Research Directions in Object-Oriented Programming},
|
|---|
| 709 | editor = {Bruce Shriver and Peter Wegner},
|
|---|
| 710 | publisher = {MIT Press},
|
|---|
| 711 | series = {Computer Systems Series},
|
|---|
| 712 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 713 | pages = {113-128}
|
|---|
| 714 | }
|
|---|
| 715 |
|
|---|
| 716 | @inproceedings{booleanClasses,
|
|---|
| 717 | keywords = {specifications},
|
|---|
| 718 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 719 | author = {David McAllester and Ramin Zabih},
|
|---|
| 720 | title = {Boolean Classes},
|
|---|
| 721 | crossref = "OOPSLA86",
|
|---|
| 722 | pages = {417-423},
|
|---|
| 723 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 724 | We extend the notion of class so that any Boolean combination of
|
|---|
| 725 | classes is also a class. Boolean classes allow greater precision
|
|---|
| 726 | and conciseness in naming the class of objects governed a
|
|---|
| 727 | particular method [sic]. A class can be viewed as a predicate
|
|---|
| 728 | which is either true or false of any given object. Unlike
|
|---|
| 729 | predicates however classes have an inheritance hierarchy which is
|
|---|
| 730 | known at compile time. Boolean classes extend the notion of class,
|
|---|
| 731 | making classes more like predicates, while preserving the compile
|
|---|
| 732 | time computable inheritance hierarchy.
|
|---|
| 733 | },
|
|---|
| 734 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 735 | Classes are predicates; if object {\tt o} is in class {\tt C}, then
|
|---|
| 736 | {\tt C} is true of {\tt o}. Classes are combined with {\tt :AND},
|
|---|
| 737 | {\tt :OR}, and {\tt :NOT}. Inheritance is treated as implication:
|
|---|
| 738 | {\tt (:implies C E)} means that if class {\tt C} is true of {\tt
|
|---|
| 739 | o}, class expression {\tt E} is true of {\tt o}, so if {\tt E} is a
|
|---|
| 740 | class, it is a superclass of {\tt C}. Some class expressions, i.e.
|
|---|
| 741 | {\tt (:OR c1 c2)}, can't be instantiated. Others, i.e. {\tt (:NOT
|
|---|
| 742 | c)}, can't be given methods or members because almost all classes
|
|---|
| 743 | would inherit them, violating modularity. The rules for spotting
|
|---|
| 744 | these problems are complex. Determining if one class inherits from
|
|---|
| 745 | another needs an exponential algorithm.
|
|---|
| 746 | }
|
|---|
| 747 | }
|
|---|
| 748 |
|
|---|
| 749 | @mastersthesis{Krischer02,
|
|---|
| 750 | author = {Roy Krischer },
|
|---|
| 751 | title = {Bound Exceptions in Object-Oriented Programming Languages},
|
|---|
| 752 | school = {Universit\"at Mannheim},
|
|---|
| 753 | address = {Mannheim, Deutschland},
|
|---|
| 754 | year = 2002,
|
|---|
| 755 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 756 | type = {Diplomarbeit},
|
|---|
| 757 | note = {{\small\textsf{ftp://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-pub/\-theses/\-KrischerThesis.ps.gz}}},
|
|---|
| 758 | }
|
|---|
| 759 |
|
|---|
| 760 | @inproceedings{Buhr03,
|
|---|
| 761 | keywords = {exception handling, bound handler},
|
|---|
| 762 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 763 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Roy Krischer},
|
|---|
| 764 | title = {Bound Exceptions in Object Programming},
|
|---|
| 765 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the ECOOP 2003 Workshop on Exception Handling in Object Oriented Systems:
|
|---|
| 766 | Towards Emerging Application Areas and New Programming Paradigms},
|
|---|
| 767 | organization= {ECOOP},
|
|---|
| 768 | address = {Darmstadt, Germany},
|
|---|
| 769 | month = jul,
|
|---|
| 770 | year = 2003,
|
|---|
| 771 | pages = {20-26},
|
|---|
| 772 | }
|
|---|
| 773 | % note = {http://www.cs.umn.edu/research/technical_reports.php/listing/technical_reports.php?page=report&report_id=03-028}
|
|---|
| 774 |
|
|---|
| 775 | @inproceedings{Buhr06b,
|
|---|
| 776 | keywords = {exception handling, bound exceptions},
|
|---|
| 777 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Roy Krischer},
|
|---|
| 778 | title = {Bound Exceptions in Object-Oriented Programming},
|
|---|
| 779 | editor = {C. Dony and J. L. Knudsen and A. Romanovsky and A. Tripathi},
|
|---|
| 780 | booktitle = {Advanced Topics in Exception Handling Techniques},
|
|---|
| 781 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 782 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
|
|---|
| 783 | volume = 4119,
|
|---|
| 784 | year = 2006,
|
|---|
| 785 | pages = {1-21}
|
|---|
| 786 | }
|
|---|
| 787 |
|
|---|
| 788 | % C
|
|---|
| 789 |
|
|---|
| 790 | @book{C,
|
|---|
| 791 | keywords = {C},
|
|---|
| 792 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 793 | author = {Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie},
|
|---|
| 794 | title = {The {C} Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 795 | publisher = {Prentice Hall},
|
|---|
| 796 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 797 | edition = {second},
|
|---|
| 798 | series = {Prentice Hall Software Series},
|
|---|
| 799 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 800 | based on draft-proposed ANSI C
|
|---|
| 801 | }
|
|---|
| 802 | }
|
|---|
| 803 |
|
|---|
| 804 | @book{C:old,
|
|---|
| 805 | keywords = {C},
|
|---|
| 806 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 807 | author = {Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie},
|
|---|
| 808 | title = {The {C} Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 809 | publisher = {Prentice Hall},
|
|---|
| 810 | year = 1978,
|
|---|
| 811 | edition = {first},
|
|---|
| 812 | }
|
|---|
| 813 |
|
|---|
| 814 | @manual{ANSI89:C,
|
|---|
| 815 | keywords = {ANSI C 89},
|
|---|
| 816 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 817 | title = {American National Standard for Information Systems -- Programming Language -- {C}},
|
|---|
| 818 | organization= {American National Standards Institute},
|
|---|
| 819 | address = {1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018},
|
|---|
| 820 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 821 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 822 | note = {X3.159-1989}
|
|---|
| 823 | }
|
|---|
| 824 |
|
|---|
| 825 | @manual{C11,
|
|---|
| 826 | keywords = {ISO/IEC C 11},
|
|---|
| 827 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 828 | key = {C11},
|
|---|
| 829 | title = {American National Standard Information technology -- Programming Languages -- {C}},
|
|---|
| 830 | organization= {International Standard ISO/IEC 9899-2011[2012]},
|
|---|
| 831 | publisher = {International Standard Organization},
|
|---|
| 832 | address = {http://www.iso.org},
|
|---|
| 833 | year = 2012,
|
|---|
| 834 | }
|
|---|
| 835 |
|
|---|
| 836 | @manual{C++Concepts,
|
|---|
| 837 | keywords = {ISO/IEC TS 19217:2015},
|
|---|
| 838 | contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
|
|---|
| 839 | key = {C++ Concepts},
|
|---|
| 840 | title = {Information technology -- Programming languages -- {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Extensions for concepts},
|
|---|
| 841 | organization = {International Standard ISO/IEC TS 19217:2015},
|
|---|
| 842 | publisher = {International Standard Organization},
|
|---|
| 843 | address = {http://www.iso.org},
|
|---|
| 844 | year = 2015
|
|---|
| 845 | }
|
|---|
| 846 |
|
|---|
| 847 | @mastersthesis{Esteves04,
|
|---|
| 848 | keywords = {Cforall, parametric polymorphism, overloading},
|
|---|
| 849 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 850 | author = {Rodolfo Gabriel Esteves},
|
|---|
| 851 | title = {C$\forall$, a Study in Evolutionary Design in Programming Languages},
|
|---|
| 852 | school = {School of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
|
|---|
| 853 | year = 2004,
|
|---|
| 854 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
|
|---|
| 855 | note = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/theses/EstevesThesis.pdf}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-theses/\-EstevesThesis.pdf}},
|
|---|
| 856 | }
|
|---|
| 857 |
|
|---|
| 858 | @inproceedings{c++scheme,
|
|---|
| 859 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 860 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 861 | author = {Vincent F. Russo and Simon M. Kaplan},
|
|---|
| 862 | title = {A {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Interpreter for {S}cheme},
|
|---|
| 863 | booktitle = {Usenix {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference},
|
|---|
| 864 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 865 | pages = {95-108},
|
|---|
| 866 | summary = {
|
|---|
| 867 | The SIOD interpreter for a Scheme subset, written in C, has a
|
|---|
| 868 | tagged union representing data objects, and read(), eval(), and
|
|---|
| 869 | print() functions that are basically large switch statements that
|
|---|
| 870 | switch based on the tag. The authors rewrote it to use a class
|
|---|
| 871 | with virtual read(), eval(), and print() members, without changing
|
|---|
| 872 | any algorithms. The result was more modular, more easily
|
|---|
| 873 | extensible, more reliable, and slightly faster.
|
|---|
| 874 | },
|
|---|
| 875 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 876 | The evidence given is thin.
|
|---|
| 877 | }
|
|---|
| 878 | }
|
|---|
| 879 |
|
|---|
| 880 | @article{doskernel,
|
|---|
| 881 | keywords = {light weight processes},
|
|---|
| 882 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 883 | author = {Tom Green},
|
|---|
| 884 | title = {A {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Multitasking Kernel},
|
|---|
| 885 | journal = {Dr. Dobb's Journal of Software Tools},
|
|---|
| 886 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 887 | month = feb, volume = 14, number = 2, pages = {45-51},
|
|---|
| 888 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 889 | A light-weight multitasking kernel for MS-DOS. A task\_control
|
|---|
| 890 | object holds task objects, which may block themselves on signal
|
|---|
| 891 | objects. Task switching is normally preemptive, but tasks can turn
|
|---|
| 892 | off preemption before calling non-reentrant routines. Source code
|
|---|
| 893 | is given.
|
|---|
| 894 | }
|
|---|
| 895 | }
|
|---|
| 896 |
|
|---|
| 897 | @inproceedings{Doeppner87,
|
|---|
| 898 | keywords = {concurrency},
|
|---|
| 899 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 900 | author = {Thomas W. Doeppner and Alan J. Gebele},
|
|---|
| 901 | title = {{C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} on a Parallel Machine},
|
|---|
| 902 | booktitle = {Proceedings and Additional Papers {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Workshop},
|
|---|
| 903 | organization= {USENIX Association},
|
|---|
| 904 | address = {Santa Fe, New Mexico, U.S.A},
|
|---|
| 905 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 906 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 907 | pages = {94-107},
|
|---|
| 908 | }
|
|---|
| 909 |
|
|---|
| 910 | @book{Lippman91,
|
|---|
| 911 | keywords = {C++},
|
|---|
| 912 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 913 | author = {Stanley B. Lippman},
|
|---|
| 914 | title = {{C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Primer},
|
|---|
| 915 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 916 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 917 | edition = {second},
|
|---|
| 918 | note = {QA76.73.C15L57},
|
|---|
| 919 | }
|
|---|
| 920 |
|
|---|
| 921 | @book{c++:v1,
|
|---|
| 922 | keywords = {C++},
|
|---|
| 923 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 924 | author = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
|
|---|
| 925 | title = {The {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 926 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 927 | year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 928 | edition = {first},
|
|---|
| 929 | series = {Addison-Wesley Series in Computer Science}
|
|---|
| 930 | }
|
|---|
| 931 |
|
|---|
| 932 | @book{c++:v2,
|
|---|
| 933 | keywords = {C++},
|
|---|
| 934 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 935 | author = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
|
|---|
| 936 | title = {The {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 937 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 938 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 939 | edition = {second},
|
|---|
| 940 | }
|
|---|
| 941 |
|
|---|
| 942 | @book{c++:v3,
|
|---|
| 943 | keywords = {C++},
|
|---|
| 944 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 945 | author = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
|
|---|
| 946 | title = {The {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 947 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 948 | year = 1997,
|
|---|
| 949 | edition = {third},
|
|---|
| 950 | }
|
|---|
| 951 |
|
|---|
| 952 | @manual{Csharp,
|
|---|
| 953 | keywords = {C#},
|
|---|
| 954 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 955 | title = {C\# Language Specification, Standard ECMA-334},
|
|---|
| 956 | organization= {ECMA International Standardizing Information and Communication Systems},
|
|---|
| 957 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 958 | year = 2006,
|
|---|
| 959 | edition = {4th},
|
|---|
| 960 | }
|
|---|
| 961 |
|
|---|
| 962 | @article{Buhr85,
|
|---|
| 963 | keywords = {goto, multi-exit loop},
|
|---|
| 964 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 965 | author = {P. A. Buhr},
|
|---|
| 966 | title = {A Case for Teaching Multi-exit Loops to Beginning Programmers},
|
|---|
| 967 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 968 | volume = 20,
|
|---|
| 969 | number = 11,
|
|---|
| 970 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 971 | year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 972 | pages = {14-22}
|
|---|
| 973 | }
|
|---|
| 974 |
|
|---|
| 975 | @techreport{cforall-ug,
|
|---|
| 976 | keywords = {cforall, user guide},
|
|---|
| 977 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 978 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Glen Ditchfield and David Till and Charles R. Zarnke},
|
|---|
| 979 | title = {\mbox{\mdseries\sffamily C{$\mathbf{\forall}$}}\ Users Guide, Version 0.1},
|
|---|
| 980 | institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
|
|---|
| 981 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
|
|---|
| 982 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 983 | year = 2001,
|
|---|
| 984 | note = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~cforall/cfa.ps}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-\char`\~cforall/\-cfa.ps}},
|
|---|
| 985 | }
|
|---|
| 986 |
|
|---|
| 987 | @manual{cforall,
|
|---|
| 988 | keywords = {polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 989 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 990 | author = {Glen Ditchfield},
|
|---|
| 991 | title = {Cforall Reference Manual and Rationale},
|
|---|
| 992 | edition = {Revision 1.82},
|
|---|
| 993 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 994 | year = 1998,
|
|---|
| 995 | note = {{\small\textsf{ftp://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-pub/\-Cforall/\-refrat.ps.gz}}},
|
|---|
| 996 | }
|
|---|
| 997 |
|
|---|
| 998 | @book{Yourdon79,
|
|---|
| 999 | keywords = {software engineering},
|
|---|
| 1000 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1001 | editor = {Edward Nash Yourdon},
|
|---|
| 1002 | title = {Classics in Software Engineering},
|
|---|
| 1003 | publisher = {Yourdon Press},
|
|---|
| 1004 | year = 1979,
|
|---|
| 1005 | }
|
|---|
| 1006 |
|
|---|
| 1007 | @inproceedings{Crnogorac98,
|
|---|
| 1008 | keywords = {inheritance anomaly},
|
|---|
| 1009 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1010 | author = {Lobel Crnogorac and Anand S. Rao and Kotagiri Ramamohanarao},
|
|---|
| 1011 | title = {Classifying Inheritance Mechanisms in Concurrent Object-Oriented Programming},
|
|---|
| 1012 | editor = {Eric Jul},
|
|---|
| 1013 | booktitle = {{ECOOP}~'98---Object-Oriented Programming},
|
|---|
| 1014 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
|
|---|
| 1015 | publisher = {Springer},
|
|---|
| 1016 | volume = 1445,
|
|---|
| 1017 | year = 1998,
|
|---|
| 1018 | pages = {571-601},
|
|---|
| 1019 | ISBN = {3-540-64737-6},
|
|---|
| 1020 | ISSN = {0302-9743},
|
|---|
| 1021 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 1022 | Inheritance is one of the key concepts in object-oriented rogramming. However, the
|
|---|
| 1023 | usefulness of inheritance in concurrent object-oriented programming is greatly
|
|---|
| 1024 | reduced by the problem of inheritance anomaly. Inheritance anomaly is manifested
|
|---|
| 1025 | by undesirable re-definitions of inherited code. The problem is aggravated by the
|
|---|
| 1026 | lack of a formal analysis, with a multitude of differing proposals and conflicting
|
|---|
| 1027 | opinions causing the current state of research, and further directions, to be
|
|---|
| 1028 | unclear. In this paper we present a formal analysis of inheritance anomaly in
|
|---|
| 1029 | concurrent object-oriented programming. Starting from a formal definition of the
|
|---|
| 1030 | problem we develop a taxonomy of the anomaly, and use it to classify the various
|
|---|
| 1031 | proposals. As a result, the major ideas, trends and limitations of the various
|
|---|
| 1032 | proposals are clearly exposed. Formal analysis of the anomaly and a thorough
|
|---|
| 1033 | exposition of its causes and implications are the pre-requisites for a successful
|
|---|
| 1034 | integration of inheritance and concurrency.
|
|---|
| 1035 | },
|
|---|
| 1036 | }
|
|---|
| 1037 |
|
|---|
| 1038 | @book{CLU,
|
|---|
| 1039 | keywords = {CLU},
|
|---|
| 1040 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 1041 | author = {Barbara Liskov and Russell Atkinson and Toby Bloom and Eliot
|
|---|
| 1042 | Moss and J. Craig Schaffert and Robert Scheifler and Alan Snyder},
|
|---|
| 1043 | title = {CLU Reference Manual},
|
|---|
| 1044 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 1045 | year = 1981,
|
|---|
| 1046 | volume = 114,
|
|---|
| 1047 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science}
|
|---|
| 1048 | }
|
|---|
| 1049 |
|
|---|
| 1050 | @manual{Cobol14,
|
|---|
| 1051 | keywords = {ISO/IEC Cobol 14},
|
|---|
| 1052 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1053 | key = {Cobol14},
|
|---|
| 1054 | title = {Programming Languages -- {Cobol}},
|
|---|
| 1055 | edition = {second},
|
|---|
| 1056 | organization= {International Standard ISO/IEC 1989:2014},
|
|---|
| 1057 | publisher = {International Standard Organization},
|
|---|
| 1058 | address = {http://www.iso.org},
|
|---|
| 1059 | year = 2014,
|
|---|
| 1060 | }
|
|---|
| 1061 |
|
|---|
| 1062 | @article{coagulation,
|
|---|
| 1063 | keywords = {register allocation, instruction selection, jello},
|
|---|
| 1064 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 1065 | author = {Michael Karr},
|
|---|
| 1066 | title = {Code Generation by Coagulation},
|
|---|
| 1067 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 1068 | year = 1984,
|
|---|
| 1069 | month = jun, volume = 19, number = 6, pages = {1-12},
|
|---|
| 1070 | note = {Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN '84 Symposium on Compiler Construction},
|
|---|
| 1071 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 1072 | This paper describes a new approach to code-generation. The
|
|---|
| 1073 | central tenet is that there must be a more intimate coupling
|
|---|
| 1074 | between register allocation and instruction selection than exists
|
|---|
| 1075 | in present-day technology. This is achieved by generating code in
|
|---|
| 1076 | very small regions and gradually coalescing the part of the program
|
|---|
| 1077 | that is ``compiled''.
|
|---|
| 1078 | },
|
|---|
| 1079 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 1080 | Imagine the program, including the subroutines, spread out over a
|
|---|
| 1081 | table, with the compiler dropping Jello on the parts as they are
|
|---|
| 1082 | compiled. At first little drops appear in seemingly random places.
|
|---|
| 1083 | These get bigger and combine with other drops to form growing
|
|---|
| 1084 | globs. When two globs meet, ripples will go out through each as
|
|---|
| 1085 | they adjust to each other's presence, although the parts of the
|
|---|
| 1086 | globs that formed first are less affected by the ripples. When
|
|---|
| 1087 | compilation is complete, there is one congealed mass.
|
|---|
| 1088 | }
|
|---|
| 1089 | }
|
|---|
| 1090 |
|
|---|
| 1091 | @article{Soloway83,
|
|---|
| 1092 | keywords = {goto, structure programming},
|
|---|
| 1093 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1094 | author = {E. Soloway and J. Bonar and K. Ehrlich},
|
|---|
| 1095 | title = {Cognitive Strategies and Looping Constructs: An Empirical Study},
|
|---|
| 1096 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 1097 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 1098 | year = 1983,
|
|---|
| 1099 | volume = 26,
|
|---|
| 1100 | number = 11,
|
|---|
| 1101 | pages = {853-860},
|
|---|
| 1102 | }
|
|---|
| 1103 |
|
|---|
| 1104 | @book{sml:commentary,
|
|---|
| 1105 | author = {Robin Milner and Mads Tofte},
|
|---|
| 1106 | title = {Commentary on Standard {ML}},
|
|---|
| 1107 | publisher = {MIT Press},
|
|---|
| 1108 | address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 1109 | year = 1991
|
|---|
| 1110 | }
|
|---|
| 1111 |
|
|---|
| 1112 | @article{Hyman66,
|
|---|
| 1113 | keywords = {mutual exclusion, software solution, incorrect},
|
|---|
| 1114 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1115 | author = {Harris Hyman},
|
|---|
| 1116 | title = {Comments on a Problem in Concurrent Programming Control},
|
|---|
| 1117 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 1118 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 1119 | year = 1966,
|
|---|
| 1120 | volume = 9,
|
|---|
| 1121 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 1122 | pages = {45},
|
|---|
| 1123 | note = {Letter to the Editor}
|
|---|
| 1124 | }
|
|---|
| 1125 |
|
|---|
| 1126 | @inproceedings{clos,
|
|---|
| 1127 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 1128 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 1129 | author = {Linda G. DeMichiel and Richard P. Gabriel},
|
|---|
| 1130 | title = {The Common Lisp Object System: An Overview},
|
|---|
| 1131 | booktitle = {ECOOP '87. European Conference on Object-Oriented Programming},
|
|---|
| 1132 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 1133 | pages = {151-170},
|
|---|
| 1134 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag}
|
|---|
| 1135 | }
|
|---|
| 1136 |
|
|---|
| 1137 | @book{CommonLisp,
|
|---|
| 1138 | keywords = {common lisp},
|
|---|
| 1139 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1140 | author = {G. Steele},
|
|---|
| 1141 | title = {COMMON LISP: The Language},
|
|---|
| 1142 | publisher = {Digital Press},
|
|---|
| 1143 | year = 1984
|
|---|
| 1144 | }
|
|---|
| 1145 |
|
|---|
| 1146 | @article{CommonLoops,
|
|---|
| 1147 | author = {D. Bobrow and K. Kahn and G. Kiczales and L. Masinter and M. Stefik and F. Zdybel},
|
|---|
| 1148 | title = {CommonLoops: Merging Common Lisp and Object-Oriented Programming},
|
|---|
| 1149 | address = {Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 1150 | journal = {Proc. ACM Conf. on Object-Oriented Systems, Languages and Applications},
|
|---|
| 1151 | year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 1152 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 1153 | pages = {17-29},
|
|---|
| 1154 | }
|
|---|
| 1155 |
|
|---|
| 1156 | @article{co-overview,
|
|---|
| 1157 | keywords = {CommonObjects, implementation, encapsulation},
|
|---|
| 1158 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 1159 | author = {Alan Snyder},
|
|---|
| 1160 | title = {CommonObjects: An Overview},
|
|---|
| 1161 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 1162 | year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 1163 | month = oct, volume = 21, number = 10, pages = {19-28},
|
|---|
| 1164 | note = {Object Oriented Programming Workshop}
|
|---|
| 1165 | }
|
|---|
| 1166 |
|
|---|
| 1167 | @article{CSP,
|
|---|
| 1168 | keywords = {CSP, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 1169 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1170 | author = {C. A. R. Hoare},
|
|---|
| 1171 | title = {Communicating Sequential Processes},
|
|---|
| 1172 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 1173 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 1174 | year = 1978,
|
|---|
| 1175 | volume = 21,
|
|---|
| 1176 | number = 8,
|
|---|
| 1177 | pages = {666-677}
|
|---|
| 1178 | }
|
|---|
| 1179 |
|
|---|
| 1180 | @book{Hoare85,
|
|---|
| 1181 | author = {C. A. R. Hoare},
|
|---|
| 1182 | title = {Communicating Sequential Processes},
|
|---|
| 1183 | year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 1184 | isbn = {0-13-153271-5},
|
|---|
| 1185 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall, Inc.},
|
|---|
| 1186 | address = {Upper Saddle River, NJ, USA},
|
|---|
| 1187 | note = {\href{http://www.usingcsp.com/cspbook.pdf}{http://\-www.usingcsp.com/\-cspbook.pdf}},
|
|---|
| 1188 | }
|
|---|
| 1189 |
|
|---|
| 1190 | @article{Hansen72a,
|
|---|
| 1191 | keywords = {monitors, automatic signal},
|
|---|
| 1192 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1193 | author = {Per {Brinch Hansen}},
|
|---|
| 1194 | title = {A Comparison of Two Synchronizing Concepts},
|
|---|
| 1195 | journal = acta,
|
|---|
| 1196 | volume = 1,
|
|---|
| 1197 | year = 1972,
|
|---|
| 1198 | pages = {190-199},
|
|---|
| 1199 | }
|
|---|
| 1200 |
|
|---|
| 1201 | @book{Aho06,
|
|---|
| 1202 | author = {Alfred V. Aho and Monica S. Lam and Ravi Sethi and Jeffrey D. Ullman},
|
|---|
| 1203 | title = {Compilers: Principles, Techniques, and Tools},
|
|---|
| 1204 | edition = {second},
|
|---|
| 1205 | year = {2006},
|
|---|
| 1206 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley Longman Publishing Co., Inc.},
|
|---|
| 1207 | address = {Boston, MA, USA},
|
|---|
| 1208 | }
|
|---|
| 1209 |
|
|---|
| 1210 | @article{Bacon94,
|
|---|
| 1211 | keywords = {parallelizing compiler},
|
|---|
| 1212 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1213 | author = {David F. Bacon and Susan L. Graham and Oliver J. Sharp},
|
|---|
| 1214 | title = {Compiler Transformations for High-Performance Computing},
|
|---|
| 1215 | journal = acmcs,
|
|---|
| 1216 | volume = 26,
|
|---|
| 1217 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 1218 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 1219 | year = 1994,
|
|---|
| 1220 | pages = {345-420},
|
|---|
| 1221 | }
|
|---|
| 1222 |
|
|---|
| 1223 | @inproceedings{Berger01,
|
|---|
| 1224 | author = {Emery D. Berger and Benjamin G. Zorn and Kathryn S. McKinley},
|
|---|
| 1225 | title = {Composing High-Performance Memory Allocators},
|
|---|
| 1226 | booktitle = {{SIGPLAN} Conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation},
|
|---|
| 1227 | pages = {114-124},
|
|---|
| 1228 | year = 2001,
|
|---|
| 1229 | url = {http://citeseer.ist.psu.edu/berger01composing.html}
|
|---|
| 1230 | }
|
|---|
| 1231 |
|
|---|
| 1232 | @article{Andrews83,
|
|---|
| 1233 | keywords = {general concurrency},
|
|---|
| 1234 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1235 | author = {Gregory R. Andrews and Fred B. Schneider},
|
|---|
| 1236 | title = {Concepts and Notations for Concurrent Programming},
|
|---|
| 1237 | journal = acmcs,
|
|---|
| 1238 | volume = 15,
|
|---|
| 1239 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 1240 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 1241 | year = 1983,
|
|---|
| 1242 | pages = {3-43},
|
|---|
| 1243 | }
|
|---|
| 1244 |
|
|---|
| 1245 | @mastersthesis{Mok97,
|
|---|
| 1246 | author = {Wing Yeung Russell Mok},
|
|---|
| 1247 | title = {Concurrent Abnormal Event Handling Mechanisms},
|
|---|
| 1248 | school = {University of Waterloo},
|
|---|
| 1249 | year = 1997,
|
|---|
| 1250 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 1251 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
|
|---|
| 1252 | note = {{\small\textsf{ftp://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-pub/\-theses/\-MokThesis.ps.gz}}},
|
|---|
| 1253 | }
|
|---|
| 1254 |
|
|---|
| 1255 | @article{Gehani86,
|
|---|
| 1256 | keywords = {Concurrent programming, C, Distributed systems, rendezvous},
|
|---|
| 1257 | contributer = {dgharriss@plg},
|
|---|
| 1258 | author = {N. H. Gehani and W. D. Roome},
|
|---|
| 1259 | title = {{Concurrent C}},
|
|---|
| 1260 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 1261 | volume = 16,
|
|---|
| 1262 | number = 9,
|
|---|
| 1263 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 1264 | year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 1265 | pages = {821-844},
|
|---|
| 1266 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 1267 | Our objective is to enhance C so that it can be used to write
|
|---|
| 1268 | concurrent programs that can run efficiently on both single computers
|
|---|
| 1269 | and multicomputers. Our concurrent programming extensions to C are
|
|---|
| 1270 | based on the {\it rendezvous\/} concept. These extensions include
|
|---|
| 1271 | mechanisms for the declaration and creation of processes, for process
|
|---|
| 1272 | synchronization and interaction, for process termination and abortion.
|
|---|
| 1273 | We give a rationale for our decisions and compare Concurrent C
|
|---|
| 1274 | extensions with the concurrent programming facilities in Ada.
|
|---|
| 1275 | Concurrent C has been implemented on the UNIX system running on a
|
|---|
| 1276 | single processor. A distributed version of Concurrent C is being
|
|---|
| 1277 | implemented.
|
|---|
| 1278 | },
|
|---|
| 1279 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 1280 | Select with guarded and screened accepts. Typed processes.
|
|---|
| 1281 | Process-valued expressions and process variables. Processes have
|
|---|
| 1282 | execution priority: Create {\em process-type-name}(args) [with
|
|---|
| 1283 | priority(p)],
|
|---|
| 1284 | and the priority can be changed on the fly. Complicated guard/
|
|---|
| 1285 | screen structure on accept: accept {\em transaction}(param names)
|
|---|
| 1286 | [suchthat (exp)] [by (exp)] [compoundstatement]. Accepts cannot
|
|---|
| 1287 | appear in functions! Can specify timeouts on transaction calls.
|
|---|
| 1288 | Code examples: buffer process, dining philosophers, lock manager.
|
|---|
| 1289 | Section on diffs between Concurrent C and Ada.
|
|---|
| 1290 | }
|
|---|
| 1291 | }
|
|---|
| 1292 |
|
|---|
| 1293 | @article{ConcurrentC++,
|
|---|
| 1294 | keywords = {concurrency, C++},
|
|---|
| 1295 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1296 | author = {N. H. Gehani and W. D. Roome},
|
|---|
| 1297 | title = {Concurrent {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}: Concurrent Programming with Class(es)},
|
|---|
| 1298 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 1299 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 1300 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 1301 | volume = 18,
|
|---|
| 1302 | number = 12,
|
|---|
| 1303 | pages = {1157-1177}
|
|---|
| 1304 | }
|
|---|
| 1305 |
|
|---|
| 1306 | @article{Courtois71,
|
|---|
| 1307 | keywords = {reader and writer, p and v},
|
|---|
| 1308 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1309 | author = {P. J. Courtois and F. Heymans and D. L. Parnas},
|
|---|
| 1310 | title = {Concurrent Control with Readers and Writers},
|
|---|
| 1311 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 1312 | volume = 14,
|
|---|
| 1313 | number = 10,
|
|---|
| 1314 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 1315 | year = 1971,
|
|---|
| 1316 | pages = {667-668},
|
|---|
| 1317 | annote = {
|
|---|
| 1318 | Many errors in the two solutions.
|
|---|
| 1319 | }
|
|---|
| 1320 | }
|
|---|
| 1321 |
|
|---|
| 1322 | @incollection{Reppy93,
|
|---|
| 1323 | keywords = {ML, concurrency, continuation passing},
|
|---|
| 1324 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1325 | author = {John H. Reppy},
|
|---|
| 1326 | title = {Concurrent {ML}: Design, Application and Semantics},
|
|---|
| 1327 | booktitle = {Functional Programming, Concurrency, Simulation and Automated Reasoning},
|
|---|
| 1328 | editor = {P. E. Lauer},
|
|---|
| 1329 | pages = {165-198},
|
|---|
| 1330 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 1331 | address = {Berlin, DE},
|
|---|
| 1332 | year = 1993,
|
|---|
| 1333 | ISBN = {3-540-56883-2},
|
|---|
| 1334 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 1335 | Concurrent ML (CML) is a high-level language for concurrent
|
|---|
| 1336 | programming. It is an extension of Standard ML (SML) and is implemented
|
|---|
| 1337 | on top of Standard ML of New Jersey (SML/NJ). CML is a practical
|
|---|
| 1338 | language and is being used to build real systems. It demonstrates that
|
|---|
| 1339 | one need not sacrifice high-level notation in order to have good
|
|---|
| 1340 | performance. CML is also a well-defined language. In the tradition of
|
|---|
| 1341 | SML, it has a formal semantics and its type-soundness has been
|
|---|
| 1342 | proven.},
|
|---|
| 1343 | note = {
|
|---|
| 1344 | Proceedings of International Lecture Series 1991-92, McMaster
|
|---|
| 1345 | UniversityLecture Notes in Computer Science 693.},
|
|---|
| 1346 | }
|
|---|
| 1347 |
|
|---|
| 1348 | @article{BLASE-2,
|
|---|
| 1349 | keywords = {concurrency, BLASE-2},
|
|---|
| 1350 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1351 | author = {Piyush Mehrotra and John Van Rosendale},
|
|---|
| 1352 | title = {Concurrent Object Access in BLASE~2},
|
|---|
| 1353 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 1354 | volume = 24,
|
|---|
| 1355 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 1356 | month = apr,
|
|---|
| 1357 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 1358 | pages = {40-42},
|
|---|
| 1359 | note = {Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN Workshop on Object-Based Concurrent Programming,
|
|---|
| 1360 | Sept. 26--27, 1988, San Diego, California, U.S.A},
|
|---|
| 1361 | }
|
|---|
| 1362 |
|
|---|
| 1363 | @techreport{Kafura88,
|
|---|
| 1364 | keywords = {objects, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 1365 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1366 | author = {Dennis Kafura},
|
|---|
| 1367 | title = {Concurrent Object-Oriented Real-Time Systems Research},
|
|---|
| 1368 | institution = {Department of Computer Science, Virginia Polytechnic},
|
|---|
| 1369 | number = {TR 88-47},
|
|---|
| 1370 | year = 1988
|
|---|
| 1371 | }
|
|---|
| 1372 |
|
|---|
| 1373 | @article{Buhr92a,
|
|---|
| 1374 | keywords = {C++, concurrency, light-weight process, shared memory},
|
|---|
| 1375 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1376 | author = {P. A. Buhr and Glen Ditchfield and R. A. Stroobosscher and B. M. Younger and C. R. Zarnke},
|
|---|
| 1377 | title = {$\mu${C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}: Concurrency in the Object-Oriented Language {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 1378 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 1379 | volume = 22,
|
|---|
| 1380 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 1381 | month = feb,
|
|---|
| 1382 | year = 1992,
|
|---|
| 1383 | pages = {137-172},
|
|---|
| 1384 | }
|
|---|
| 1385 |
|
|---|
| 1386 | @techreport{uC++,
|
|---|
| 1387 | keywords = {C++, concurrency, light-weight process, shared memory},
|
|---|
| 1388 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1389 | author = {Peter A. Buhr},
|
|---|
| 1390 | title = {$\mu${C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Annotated Reference Manual, Version 6.1.0},
|
|---|
| 1391 | institution = {School of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
|
|---|
| 1392 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
|
|---|
| 1393 | month = jul,
|
|---|
| 1394 | year = 2015,
|
|---|
| 1395 | note = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~usystem/pub/uSystem/u++-6.1.0.sh}{\textsf{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-$\sim$usystem/\-pub/\-uSystem/\-u++-6.1.0.sh}}},
|
|---|
| 1396 | }
|
|---|
| 1397 |
|
|---|
| 1398 | @book{Burns93,
|
|---|
| 1399 | keywords = {concurrency, Pascal},
|
|---|
| 1400 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1401 | author = {Alan Burns and Geoff Davies},
|
|---|
| 1402 | title = {Concurrent Programming},
|
|---|
| 1403 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 1404 | year = 1993,
|
|---|
| 1405 | }
|
|---|
| 1406 |
|
|---|
| 1407 | @article{Hansen73a,
|
|---|
| 1408 | keywords = {monitors},
|
|---|
| 1409 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1410 | author = {Per {Brinch Hansen}},
|
|---|
| 1411 | title = {Concurrent Programming Concepts},
|
|---|
| 1412 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 1413 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 1414 | year = 1973,
|
|---|
| 1415 | volume = 5,
|
|---|
| 1416 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 1417 | pages = {223-245},
|
|---|
| 1418 | }
|
|---|
| 1419 |
|
|---|
| 1420 | @book{Lea97,
|
|---|
| 1421 | keywords = {concurrency, Java},
|
|---|
| 1422 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1423 | author = {Doug Lea},
|
|---|
| 1424 | title = {Concurrent Programming in {J}ava: Design Principles and Patterns},
|
|---|
| 1425 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 1426 | year = 1997,
|
|---|
| 1427 | edition = {first},
|
|---|
| 1428 | }
|
|---|
| 1429 |
|
|---|
| 1430 | @book{Hartley98,
|
|---|
| 1431 | keywords = {concurrency, Java},
|
|---|
| 1432 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1433 | author = {Stephen J. Hartley},
|
|---|
| 1434 | title = {Concurrent Programming: The {J}ava Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 1435 | publisher = {Oxford University Press},
|
|---|
| 1436 | year = 1998,
|
|---|
| 1437 | edition = {first},
|
|---|
| 1438 | }
|
|---|
| 1439 |
|
|---|
| 1440 | @book{Lea00,
|
|---|
| 1441 | keywords = {concurrency, Java},
|
|---|
| 1442 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1443 | author = {Doug Lea},
|
|---|
| 1444 | title = {Concurrent Programming in {J}ava: Design Principles and Patterns},
|
|---|
| 1445 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 1446 | year = 2000,
|
|---|
| 1447 | edition = {second},
|
|---|
| 1448 | }
|
|---|
| 1449 |
|
|---|
| 1450 | @book{ConcurrentC,
|
|---|
| 1451 | keywords = {concurrency, C},
|
|---|
| 1452 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1453 | author = {N. H. Gehani and W. D. Roome},
|
|---|
| 1454 | title = {The {Concurrent C} Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 1455 | publisher = {Silicon Press, NJ},
|
|---|
| 1456 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 1457 | }
|
|---|
| 1458 |
|
|---|
| 1459 | @book{Andrews91:book,
|
|---|
| 1460 | keywords = {concurrency},
|
|---|
| 1461 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1462 | author = {Gregory R. Andrews},
|
|---|
| 1463 | title = {Concurrent Programming: Principles and Practice},
|
|---|
| 1464 | publisher = {Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc., Redwood City, California},
|
|---|
| 1465 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 1466 | }
|
|---|
| 1467 |
|
|---|
| 1468 | @article{Buhr05a,
|
|---|
| 1469 | keywords = {concurrency, myths},
|
|---|
| 1470 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1471 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Ashif S. Harji},
|
|---|
| 1472 | title = {Concurrent Urban Legends},
|
|---|
| 1473 | journal = {Concurrency and Computation: Practice and Experience},
|
|---|
| 1474 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 1475 | year = 2005,
|
|---|
| 1476 | volume = 17,
|
|---|
| 1477 | number = 9,
|
|---|
| 1478 | pages = {1133-1172},
|
|---|
| 1479 | }
|
|---|
| 1480 |
|
|---|
| 1481 | @techreport{Buhr90,
|
|---|
| 1482 | keywords = {objects, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 1483 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 1484 | author = {P. A. Buhr and G. J. Ditchfield and B. M. Younger and C. R. Zarnke},
|
|---|
| 1485 | title = {Concurrency in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 1486 | institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
|
|---|
| 1487 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
|
|---|
| 1488 | number = {CS-90-18},
|
|---|
| 1489 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 1490 | year = 1990
|
|---|
| 1491 | }
|
|---|
| 1492 |
|
|---|
| 1493 | @book{Burns98,
|
|---|
| 1494 | keywords = {concurrency, Ada},
|
|---|
| 1495 | author = {Alan Burns and Andy Wellings},
|
|---|
| 1496 | title = {Concurrency in {Ada}},
|
|---|
| 1497 | publisher = {Cambridge University Press},
|
|---|
| 1498 | year = 1998,
|
|---|
| 1499 | edition = {second},
|
|---|
| 1500 | }
|
|---|
| 1501 |
|
|---|
| 1502 | @book{Bernstein93,
|
|---|
| 1503 | keywords = {concurrency},
|
|---|
| 1504 | author = {Arthur J. Bernstein and Philip M. Lewis},
|
|---|
| 1505 | title = {Concurrency in Programming and Database Systems},
|
|---|
| 1506 | publisher = {Jones and Bartlett},
|
|---|
| 1507 | year = 1993,
|
|---|
| 1508 | }
|
|---|
| 1509 |
|
|---|
| 1510 | @inproceedings{Pitman01,
|
|---|
| 1511 | keywords = {LISP, exception handling},
|
|---|
| 1512 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1513 | author = {Kent M. Pitman},
|
|---|
| 1514 | title = {Condition Handling in the Lisp Language Family},
|
|---|
| 1515 | booktitle = {Exception Handling},
|
|---|
| 1516 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 1517 | volume = 2022,
|
|---|
| 1518 | series = {LNCS},
|
|---|
| 1519 | year = 2001,
|
|---|
| 1520 | pages = {39-59}
|
|---|
| 1521 | }
|
|---|
| 1522 |
|
|---|
| 1523 | @inbook{enhancement,
|
|---|
| 1524 | keywords = {bounded polymorphism, Comandos},
|
|---|
| 1525 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 1526 | author = {Chris Horn},
|
|---|
| 1527 | title = {Conformace, Genericity, Inheritance and Enhancement},
|
|---|
| 1528 | pages = {223-233},
|
|---|
| 1529 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 1530 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 1531 | volume = 276,
|
|---|
| 1532 | series = "Lecture Notes in Computer Science",
|
|---|
| 1533 | note = "ECOOP '87 European Conference on Object-Oriented Programming",
|
|---|
| 1534 | summary = {
|
|---|
| 1535 | Considers effect of conformance on Meyer's conclusions in
|
|---|
| 1536 | \cite{polymorphism}.
|
|---|
| 1537 |
|
|---|
| 1538 | Implementing a swap function as a member of a type {\cd Swappable}
|
|---|
| 1539 | with {\cd in out Top} parameters doesn't work, because conformance
|
|---|
| 1540 | requires arguments to be of type {\cd Top}.
|
|---|
| 1541 |
|
|---|
| 1542 | An enhancive type has a type parameter, bounded by some type, and
|
|---|
| 1543 | defines members. Types conforming to the bound can be passed as
|
|---|
| 1544 | arguments to create types with the extra members. The signature of
|
|---|
| 1545 | the enhanced type is based on the signature of the argument, not the
|
|---|
| 1546 | bound, as if enhancive types were macros. Hence enhanced types do not
|
|---|
| 1547 | necessarily conform to each other. Types conforming to the bound
|
|---|
| 1548 | conform to enhanced types, which allows new functions to be applied
|
|---|
| 1549 | to old types.
|
|---|
| 1550 |
|
|---|
| 1551 | Enhancive types are not generic types. If the argument is omitted,
|
|---|
| 1552 | the bound is used as a default. Assignment of enhanced types to
|
|---|
| 1553 | default-enhanced types is allowed (enhanced types conform to the
|
|---|
| 1554 | default-enhanced type). This is (probably) statically type-safe,
|
|---|
| 1555 | because arguments must conform to the bound, and the new members
|
|---|
| 1556 | only use operations defined for the bound.
|
|---|
| 1557 |
|
|---|
| 1558 | With facilities for member renaming and deletion, enhancive types
|
|---|
| 1559 | provide the equivalent of constrained generic types.
|
|---|
| 1560 | }
|
|---|
| 1561 | }
|
|---|
| 1562 |
|
|---|
| 1563 | @phdthesis{Ditchfield92,
|
|---|
| 1564 | keywords = {C, parametric polymorphism, overloading},
|
|---|
| 1565 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1566 | author = {Glen Jeffrey Ditchfield},
|
|---|
| 1567 | title = {Contextual Polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 1568 | school = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
|
|---|
| 1569 | year = 1992,
|
|---|
| 1570 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
|
|---|
| 1571 | note = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/theses/DitchfieldThesis.pdf}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-theses/\-DitchfieldThesis.pdf}}
|
|---|
| 1572 | }
|
|---|
| 1573 |
|
|---|
| 1574 | @inproceedings{frameworks:HHG90,
|
|---|
| 1575 | keywords = {formal},
|
|---|
| 1576 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1577 | author = {Richard Helm and Ian M. Holland and Dipayan Gangopadhyay},
|
|---|
| 1578 | title = {Contracts: Specifying Behavioural Compositions in Cbject-Oriented Systems},
|
|---|
| 1579 | booktitle = {Proceedings of ACM Symposium on Object-Oriented Programming: Systems, Languages and Applications},
|
|---|
| 1580 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 1581 | pages = {169-180},
|
|---|
| 1582 | }
|
|---|
| 1583 |
|
|---|
| 1584 | @article{Wand80,
|
|---|
| 1585 | keywords = {concurrency, continuation},
|
|---|
| 1586 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1587 | author = {Mitchell Wand},
|
|---|
| 1588 | title = {Continuation-Based Multiprocessing},
|
|---|
| 1589 | publisher = {The Lisp Conference},
|
|---|
| 1590 | journal = {Conference Record of the 1980 Lisp Conference},
|
|---|
| 1591 | pages = {19-28},
|
|---|
| 1592 | year = 1980,
|
|---|
| 1593 | }
|
|---|
| 1594 |
|
|---|
| 1595 | @article{Hieb90,
|
|---|
| 1596 | keywords = {continuations, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 1597 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1598 | author = {Robert Hieb and R. Kent Dybvig},
|
|---|
| 1599 | title = {Continuations and Concurrency},
|
|---|
| 1600 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 1601 | volume = 25,
|
|---|
| 1602 | number = 3,
|
|---|
| 1603 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 1604 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 1605 | pages = {128-136},
|
|---|
| 1606 | note = {Proceedings of the Second ACM SIGPLAN Symposium on Principles \& Practise of Parallel Programming,
|
|---|
| 1607 | March. 14--16, 1990, Seattle, Washington, U.S.A},
|
|---|
| 1608 | }
|
|---|
| 1609 |
|
|---|
| 1610 | @inproceedings{Haynes84,
|
|---|
| 1611 | keywords = {continuations, coroutines, Scheme},
|
|---|
| 1612 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1613 | author = {Christopher T. Haynes and Daniel P. Friedman and Mitchell Wand},
|
|---|
| 1614 | title = {Continuations and Coroutines},
|
|---|
| 1615 | booktitle = {Conference Record of the 1984 {ACM} Symposium on Lisp and Functional Programming},
|
|---|
| 1616 | organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
|
|---|
| 1617 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 1618 | year = 1984,
|
|---|
| 1619 | pages = {293-298},
|
|---|
| 1620 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 1621 | The power of first class continuations is demonstrated by implementing
|
|---|
| 1622 | a variety of coroutine mechanisms using only continuations and
|
|---|
| 1623 | functional abstraction. The importance of general abstraction
|
|---|
| 1624 | mechanisms such as continuations is discussed.},
|
|---|
| 1625 | }
|
|---|
| 1626 |
|
|---|
| 1627 | @inproceedings{Zahn74,
|
|---|
| 1628 | keywords = {goto, structured programming},
|
|---|
| 1629 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1630 | author = {C. T. Zahn},
|
|---|
| 1631 | title = {Control Statement for Natural Top-down Structured Programming},
|
|---|
| 1632 | booktitle = {Symposium on Programming Languages},
|
|---|
| 1633 | address = {Paris, France},
|
|---|
| 1634 | year = 1974,
|
|---|
| 1635 | }
|
|---|
| 1636 |
|
|---|
| 1637 | @unpublished{Ditchfield:conversions,
|
|---|
| 1638 | contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
|
|---|
| 1639 | author = {Glen Ditchfield},
|
|---|
| 1640 | title = {Conversions for {Cforall}},
|
|---|
| 1641 | note = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/~cforall/Conversions/index.html}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-\textasciitilde cforall/\-Conversions/\-index.html}},
|
|---|
| 1642 | month = {Nov},
|
|---|
| 1643 | year = {2002},
|
|---|
| 1644 | urldate = {28 July 2016},
|
|---|
| 1645 | }
|
|---|
| 1646 |
|
|---|
| 1647 |
|
|---|
| 1648 | @techreport{Dijkstra65,
|
|---|
| 1649 | keywords = {concurrency, Dekker's algorithm, semaphores},
|
|---|
| 1650 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1651 | author = {Edsger W. Dijkstra},
|
|---|
| 1652 | title = {Cooperating Sequential Processes},
|
|---|
| 1653 | institution = {Technological University},
|
|---|
| 1654 | address = {Eindhoven, Netherlands},
|
|---|
| 1655 | year = 1965,
|
|---|
| 1656 | note = {Reprinted in \cite{Genuys68} pp. 43--112.}
|
|---|
| 1657 | }
|
|---|
| 1658 |
|
|---|
| 1659 | @book{Marlin80,
|
|---|
| 1660 | keywords = {coroutines},
|
|---|
| 1661 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1662 | author = {Christopher D. Marlin},
|
|---|
| 1663 | title = {Coroutines: A Programming Methodology, a Language Design and an Implementation},
|
|---|
| 1664 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 1665 | year = 1980,
|
|---|
| 1666 | volume = 95,
|
|---|
| 1667 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science, Ed. by G. Goos and J. Hartmanis}
|
|---|
| 1668 | }
|
|---|
| 1669 |
|
|---|
| 1670 | @article{Wang71,
|
|---|
| 1671 | keywords = {coroutines},
|
|---|
| 1672 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1673 | author = {Arne Wang and Ole-Johan Dahl},
|
|---|
| 1674 | title = {Coroutine Sequencing in a Block Structured Environment},
|
|---|
| 1675 | journal = "BIT",
|
|---|
| 1676 | volume = 11,
|
|---|
| 1677 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 1678 | year = 1971,
|
|---|
| 1679 | pages = {425-449},
|
|---|
| 1680 | }
|
|---|
| 1681 |
|
|---|
| 1682 | @article{Castagna95,
|
|---|
| 1683 | keywords = {type-systems, covariance, contravariance},
|
|---|
| 1684 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1685 | author = {Giuseppe Castagna},
|
|---|
| 1686 | title = {Covariance and Contravariance : Conflict without a Cause},
|
|---|
| 1687 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 1688 | volume = 17,
|
|---|
| 1689 | number = 3,
|
|---|
| 1690 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 1691 | year = 1995,
|
|---|
| 1692 | pages = {341-447},
|
|---|
| 1693 | }
|
|---|
| 1694 |
|
|---|
| 1695 | @book{Fischer88,
|
|---|
| 1696 | keywords = {compiler construction},
|
|---|
| 1697 | author = {Charles N. Fischer and Richard J. {LeBlanc, Jr.}},
|
|---|
| 1698 | title = {Crafting a Compiler},
|
|---|
| 1699 | publisher = {Benjamin Cummings},
|
|---|
| 1700 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 1701 | }
|
|---|
| 1702 |
|
|---|
| 1703 | @inproceedings{Jim02,
|
|---|
| 1704 | keywords = {C dialect, parametric polymorphic, safe memory allocation},
|
|---|
| 1705 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1706 | author = {Trevor Jim and Greg Morrisett and Dan Grossman and Michael Hicks and James Cheney and and Yanling Wang},
|
|---|
| 1707 | title = {{C}yclone: A Safe Dialect of {C}},
|
|---|
| 1708 | booktitle = {USENIX Annual Technical Conference},
|
|---|
| 1709 | organization= {USENIX Association},
|
|---|
| 1710 | address = {Monterey, California, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 1711 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 1712 | year = 2002,
|
|---|
| 1713 | pages = {275-288},
|
|---|
| 1714 | }
|
|---|
| 1715 |
|
|---|
| 1716 | % D
|
|---|
| 1717 |
|
|---|
| 1718 | @manual{D,
|
|---|
| 1719 | keywords = {D programming language},
|
|---|
| 1720 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1721 | title = {{D} Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 1722 | author = {Walter Bright and Andrei Alexandrescu},
|
|---|
| 1723 | organization= {Digital Mars},
|
|---|
| 1724 | year = 2016,
|
|---|
| 1725 | note = {\href{http://dlang.org/spec/spec.html}{http://\-dlang.org/\-spec/\-spec.html}},
|
|---|
| 1726 | }
|
|---|
| 1727 |
|
|---|
| 1728 | @techreport{Cui90,
|
|---|
| 1729 | keywords = {exception handling},
|
|---|
| 1730 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1731 | author = {Qian Cui},
|
|---|
| 1732 | title = {Data-Oriented Exception Handling},
|
|---|
| 1733 | institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Maryland},
|
|---|
| 1734 | address = {College Park, Maryland, U.S.A., 20742},
|
|---|
| 1735 | number = {CS-TR-2384},
|
|---|
| 1736 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 1737 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 1738 | }
|
|---|
| 1739 |
|
|---|
| 1740 | @article{Cui92,
|
|---|
| 1741 | contributer = {rkrische@plg},
|
|---|
| 1742 | author = {Qian Cui and John Gannon},
|
|---|
| 1743 | title = {Data-oriented Exception Handling},
|
|---|
| 1744 | journal = {IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering},
|
|---|
| 1745 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 1746 | year = 1992,
|
|---|
| 1747 | volume = 18,
|
|---|
| 1748 | number = 5,
|
|---|
| 1749 | pages = {393-401},
|
|---|
| 1750 | }
|
|---|
| 1751 |
|
|---|
| 1752 | @manual{SIMULA87,
|
|---|
| 1753 | keywords = {Simula standard},
|
|---|
| 1754 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 1755 | title = {Databehandling -- Programspr{\aa}k -- {SIMULA}},
|
|---|
| 1756 | organization= {Standardiseringskommissionen i Sverige},
|
|---|
| 1757 | note = {Svensk Standard SS 63 61 14},
|
|---|
| 1758 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 1759 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 1760 | Standard for the programming language SIMULA. Written in English.
|
|---|
| 1761 | }
|
|---|
| 1762 | }
|
|---|
| 1763 |
|
|---|
| 1764 | @article{Liskov75,
|
|---|
| 1765 | keywords = {abstract data types, encapsulation, verification},
|
|---|
| 1766 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 1767 | author = {Barbara H. Liskov},
|
|---|
| 1768 | title = {Data Types and Program Correctness},
|
|---|
| 1769 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 1770 | year = 1975,
|
|---|
| 1771 | month = jul,
|
|---|
| 1772 | volume = 10,
|
|---|
| 1773 | number = 7,
|
|---|
| 1774 | pages = {16-17},
|
|---|
| 1775 | summary = {
|
|---|
| 1776 | Type definitions should contain the implementation of the type and
|
|---|
| 1777 | its operations. The grouping makes programs simpler and more
|
|---|
| 1778 | understandable. Encapsulating the definition aids verification and
|
|---|
| 1779 | forces a precise specification of the interface.
|
|---|
| 1780 | }
|
|---|
| 1781 | }
|
|---|
| 1782 |
|
|---|
| 1783 | @article{dtav,
|
|---|
| 1784 | keywords = {Russell, types},
|
|---|
| 1785 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 1786 | author = {James Donahue and Alan Demers},
|
|---|
| 1787 | title = {Data Types are Values},
|
|---|
| 1788 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 1789 | month = jul,
|
|---|
| 1790 | year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 1791 | volume = 7,
|
|---|
| 1792 | number = 3,
|
|---|
| 1793 | pages = {426-445},
|
|---|
| 1794 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 1795 | Data types are sets of operations providing interpretations of
|
|---|
| 1796 | values from a meaningless, typeless universal value space. Types
|
|---|
| 1797 | and operations are also contained in this value space.
|
|---|
| 1798 |
|
|---|
| 1799 | Functions returning types replace generic types.
|
|---|
| 1800 |
|
|---|
| 1801 | Polymorphic functions have type parameters. Evaluation is not
|
|---|
| 1802 | macro expansion:
|
|---|
| 1803 | \begin{verbatim}
|
|---|
| 1804 | R == func [n:val integer; T:type[]] val integer
|
|---|
| 1805 | {if n > 0 => r[n-1, Array[1,10,T]] # n <= 0 => 17 fi}
|
|---|
| 1806 | \end{verbatim}
|
|---|
| 1807 | }
|
|---|
| 1808 | }
|
|---|
| 1809 |
|
|---|
| 1810 | @article{Holt72,
|
|---|
| 1811 | keywords = {concurrency, deadlock},
|
|---|
| 1812 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1813 | author = {Richard C. Holt},
|
|---|
| 1814 | title = {Some Deadlock Properties of Computer Systems},
|
|---|
| 1815 | journal = acmcs,
|
|---|
| 1816 | volume = 4,
|
|---|
| 1817 | number = 3,
|
|---|
| 1818 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 1819 | year = 1972,
|
|---|
| 1820 | pages = {179-196},
|
|---|
| 1821 | }
|
|---|
| 1822 |
|
|---|
| 1823 | @misc{debug-malloc,
|
|---|
| 1824 | keywords = {memory allocation debugger},
|
|---|
| 1825 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 1826 | author = {Conor P. Cahill},
|
|---|
| 1827 | title = {debug\_malloc},
|
|---|
| 1828 | howpublished= {comp.sources.unix, volume 22, issue 112},
|
|---|
| 1829 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 1830 | This package is a collection of routines which are a drop-in
|
|---|
| 1831 | replacement for the malloc(3), memory(3), string(3), and bstring(3)
|
|---|
| 1832 | library functions.
|
|---|
| 1833 | }
|
|---|
| 1834 | }
|
|---|
| 1835 |
|
|---|
| 1836 | @book{sml,
|
|---|
| 1837 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 1838 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1839 | author = {Robin Milner and Mads Tofte and Robert Harper},
|
|---|
| 1840 | title = {The Definition of Standard {ML}},
|
|---|
| 1841 | publisher = {MIT Press},
|
|---|
| 1842 | address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 1843 | year = 1990
|
|---|
| 1844 | }
|
|---|
| 1845 |
|
|---|
| 1846 | @techreport{sml:old,
|
|---|
| 1847 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 1848 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 1849 | author = {Robert Harper and Robin Milner and Mads Tofte},
|
|---|
| 1850 | title = {The Definition of Standard {ML}, Version 2},
|
|---|
| 1851 | institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Edinburgh},
|
|---|
| 1852 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 1853 | address = {The King's Buildings, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ},
|
|---|
| 1854 | type = {LFCS Report Series}, month = aug, number = {ECS-LFCS-88-62}
|
|---|
| 1855 | }
|
|---|
| 1856 |
|
|---|
| 1857 | @inproceedings{Reynolds72,
|
|---|
| 1858 | keywords = {continuation},
|
|---|
| 1859 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1860 | author = {John Reynolds},
|
|---|
| 1861 | title = {Definitional Interpreters for Higher Order Programming Languages},
|
|---|
| 1862 | booktitle = {ACM Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 1863 | organization= {ACM},
|
|---|
| 1864 | year = 1972,
|
|---|
| 1865 | pages = {717-740}
|
|---|
| 1866 | }
|
|---|
| 1867 |
|
|---|
| 1868 | @article{Buhr16,
|
|---|
| 1869 | keywords = {Dekker's algorithm, software solution, mutual exclusion, performance experiment},
|
|---|
| 1870 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and David Dice and Wim H. Hesselink},
|
|---|
| 1871 | title = {Dekker's Mutual Exclusion Algorithm Made RW-Safe},
|
|---|
| 1872 | journal = {Concurrency and Computation: Practice and Experience},
|
|---|
| 1873 | volume = 28,
|
|---|
| 1874 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 1875 | pages = {144-165},
|
|---|
| 1876 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 1877 | year = 2016,
|
|---|
| 1878 | }
|
|---|
| 1879 |
|
|---|
| 1880 | @misc{steelman,
|
|---|
| 1881 | keywords = {Ada},
|
|---|
| 1882 | contributer = {gjditchfied@plg},
|
|---|
| 1883 | author = {High Order Language Working Group},
|
|---|
| 1884 | title = {Department of Defense Requirements for High Order Computer Programming Languages},
|
|---|
| 1885 | month = jun, year = 1978,
|
|---|
| 1886 | note = {Reprinted in \cite{pldesign}.}
|
|---|
| 1887 | }
|
|---|
| 1888 |
|
|---|
| 1889 | @incollection{Tsay98,
|
|---|
| 1890 | keywords = {local spins, mutual exclusion, read/write atomicity, refinement, scalability},
|
|---|
| 1891 | author = {Yih-Kuen Tsay},
|
|---|
| 1892 | title = {Deriving a scalable algorithm for mutual exclusion},
|
|---|
| 1893 | booktitle = {Distributed Computing},
|
|---|
| 1894 | editor = {Shay Kutten},
|
|---|
| 1895 | volume = {1499},
|
|---|
| 1896 | series = {LNCS},
|
|---|
| 1897 | publisher = {Springer},
|
|---|
| 1898 | address = {Berlin Heidelberg},
|
|---|
| 1899 | year = {1998},
|
|---|
| 1900 | pages = {393-407},
|
|---|
| 1901 | }
|
|---|
| 1902 |
|
|---|
| 1903 | @article{Conway63,
|
|---|
| 1904 | keywords = {coroutine, original},
|
|---|
| 1905 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1906 | author = {Melvin E. Conway},
|
|---|
| 1907 | title = {Design of a Separable Transition-Diagram Compiler},
|
|---|
| 1908 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 1909 | month = jul,
|
|---|
| 1910 | year = 1963,
|
|---|
| 1911 | volume = 6,
|
|---|
| 1912 | number = 7,
|
|---|
| 1913 | pages = {396-408},
|
|---|
| 1914 | }
|
|---|
| 1915 |
|
|---|
| 1916 | @book{Stroustrup94,
|
|---|
| 1917 | keywords = {C++},
|
|---|
| 1918 | contributor = {wyrmok@plg},
|
|---|
| 1919 | author = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
|
|---|
| 1920 | title = {The Design and Evolution of {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 1921 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 1922 | year = 1994
|
|---|
| 1923 | }
|
|---|
| 1924 |
|
|---|
| 1925 | @inproceedings{st:concurrent,
|
|---|
| 1926 | keywords = {concurrency, Smalltalk, futures},
|
|---|
| 1927 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 1928 | author = {Yasuhiko Yokote and Mario Tokoro},
|
|---|
| 1929 | title = {The Design and Implementation of {ConcurrentSmalltalk}},
|
|---|
| 1930 | crossref = "OOPSLA86",
|
|---|
| 1931 | pages = {331-340},
|
|---|
| 1932 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 1933 | Objects are ordinary Smalltalk objects or ``atomic'' objects, which
|
|---|
| 1934 | process messages one at a time in FIFO order. Asynchronous method
|
|---|
| 1935 | calls are made by appending ``\&'' at the call site. The sender does
|
|---|
| 1936 | not wait for a reply. If the method returns a value, it
|
|---|
| 1937 | (immediately?) returns a CBox object, which is like a future. The
|
|---|
| 1938 | sender can send the ``receive'' message to the CBox, which blocks
|
|---|
| 1939 | until the CBox contains a value.
|
|---|
| 1940 |
|
|---|
| 1941 | A method can execute the ``\verb|^|'' statement to return an object
|
|---|
| 1942 | and terminate, or it can execute ``\verb|^^|'' to return an object
|
|---|
| 1943 | and continue execution. If ``\verb|^^foo|'' is executed after
|
|---|
| 1944 | ``\verb|^^bar|'', foo is discarded, since bar has already been
|
|---|
| 1945 | returned.
|
|---|
| 1946 |
|
|---|
| 1947 | The article does not say whether asynchronous messages can be sent
|
|---|
| 1948 | to ordinary objects, or whether ordinary messages can be sent to
|
|---|
| 1949 | atomic objects.
|
|---|
| 1950 | }
|
|---|
| 1951 | }
|
|---|
| 1952 |
|
|---|
| 1953 | @inproceedings{Ichbiah83,
|
|---|
| 1954 | keywords = {Ada, packages, generics},
|
|---|
| 1955 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 1956 | author = {Jean D. Ichbiah},
|
|---|
| 1957 | title = {On the Design of {Ada}},
|
|---|
| 1958 | booktitle = {Information Processing 83},
|
|---|
| 1959 | year = 1983,
|
|---|
| 1960 | month = sep, pages = {1-10},
|
|---|
| 1961 | editor = {R. E. A. Mason},
|
|---|
| 1962 | organization= {IFIP},
|
|---|
| 1963 | publisher = {North-Holland},
|
|---|
| 1964 | summary = {
|
|---|
| 1965 | Packages group related declarations or subprograms, and encapsulate
|
|---|
| 1966 | data types. Separate interfaces and bodies promotes information
|
|---|
| 1967 | hiding by removing the need to scan the body, allows the body to be
|
|---|
| 1968 | confidential, and provides a better specification of the contract
|
|---|
| 1969 | between client and implementor. Generics are an efficient way to
|
|---|
| 1970 | factor out parts of similar definitions.
|
|---|
| 1971 | }
|
|---|
| 1972 | }
|
|---|
| 1973 |
|
|---|
| 1974 | @book{Motet96,
|
|---|
| 1975 | keywords = {Ada, exception handling},
|
|---|
| 1976 | contributer = {wyrmok@plg},
|
|---|
| 1977 | author = {G. Motet and A. Mapinard and J. C. Geoffroy},
|
|---|
| 1978 | title = {Design of Dependable {A}da Software},
|
|---|
| 1979 | publisher = {Prentice Hall},
|
|---|
| 1980 | year = 1996,
|
|---|
| 1981 | }
|
|---|
| 1982 |
|
|---|
| 1983 | @article{Richardson93,
|
|---|
| 1984 | keywords = {C++, persistence, database},
|
|---|
| 1985 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1986 | author = {Joel E. Richardson and Michael J. Carey and Daniel T. Schuh},
|
|---|
| 1987 | title = {The Design of the {E} Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 1988 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 1989 | month = jul,
|
|---|
| 1990 | year = 1993,
|
|---|
| 1991 | volume = 15,
|
|---|
| 1992 | number = 3,
|
|---|
| 1993 | pages = {494-534},
|
|---|
| 1994 | }
|
|---|
| 1995 |
|
|---|
| 1996 | @article{Hansen81b,
|
|---|
| 1997 | keywords = {concurrency, monitor, critical region},
|
|---|
| 1998 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 1999 | author = {Per {Brinch Hansen}},
|
|---|
| 2000 | title = {The Design of {E}dison},
|
|---|
| 2001 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 2002 | volume = 11,
|
|---|
| 2003 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 2004 | month = apr,
|
|---|
| 2005 | year = 1981,
|
|---|
| 2006 | pages = {363-396},
|
|---|
| 2007 | }
|
|---|
| 2008 |
|
|---|
| 2009 | @book{Gamma95,
|
|---|
| 2010 | keywords = {design patterns},
|
|---|
| 2011 | author = {Erich Gamma and Richard Helm and Ralph Johnson and John Vlissides},
|
|---|
| 2012 | title = {Design Patterns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software},
|
|---|
| 2013 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 2014 | year = 1995,
|
|---|
| 2015 | series = {Professional Computing Series},
|
|---|
| 2016 | }
|
|---|
| 2017 |
|
|---|
| 2018 | @inproceedings{Wirth74,
|
|---|
| 2019 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 2020 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2021 | author = {Niklaus Wirth},
|
|---|
| 2022 | title = {On the Design of Programming Languages},
|
|---|
| 2023 | booktitle = {Information Processing 74},
|
|---|
| 2024 | year = 1974,
|
|---|
| 2025 | pages = {386-393},
|
|---|
| 2026 | publisher = {North Holland Publishing Company},
|
|---|
| 2027 | note = {Reprinted in \cite{pldesign}.}
|
|---|
| 2028 | }
|
|---|
| 2029 |
|
|---|
| 2030 | @techreport{forceone,
|
|---|
| 2031 | keywords = {Parametric polymorphism, ForceOne},
|
|---|
| 2032 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2033 | author = {Andrew K. Wright},
|
|---|
| 2034 | title = {Design of the Programming Language {ForceOne}},
|
|---|
| 2035 | institution = {University of Waterloo},
|
|---|
| 2036 | month = feb, year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 2037 | number = {CS-87-10}
|
|---|
| 2038 | }
|
|---|
| 2039 |
|
|---|
| 2040 | @techreport{x-2,
|
|---|
| 2041 | keywords = {object based},
|
|---|
| 2042 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2043 | author = {David W. Sandberg},
|
|---|
| 2044 | title = {The Design of the Programming Language {X-2}},
|
|---|
| 2045 | institution = {Oregon State University},
|
|---|
| 2046 | year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 2047 | address = {Department of Computer Science, Corvallis, Oregon, 97331},
|
|---|
| 2048 | number = {85-60-1}
|
|---|
| 2049 | }
|
|---|
| 2050 |
|
|---|
| 2051 | @article{design,
|
|---|
| 2052 | keywords = {Smalltalk, designing classes},
|
|---|
| 2053 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2054 | author = {Ralph E. Johnson and Brian Foote},
|
|---|
| 2055 | title = {Designing Reusable Classes},
|
|---|
| 2056 | journal = {Journal of Object-Oriented Programming},
|
|---|
| 2057 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 2058 | volume = 1, number = 2, pages = {22-35},
|
|---|
| 2059 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 2060 | Abstract classes represent standard protocols. ``It is better to
|
|---|
| 2061 | inherit from an abstract class than from a concrete class''.
|
|---|
| 2062 | Frameworks are collections of related abstract classes. Successful
|
|---|
| 2063 | abstractions are discovered, not designed.
|
|---|
| 2064 |
|
|---|
| 2065 | Protocols: ``If an operation X is implemented by performing a
|
|---|
| 2066 | similar operation on the components of the receiver, then that
|
|---|
| 2067 | operation should also be named X''. Eliminate case analysis by
|
|---|
| 2068 | creating classes with the same operations. Create classes to
|
|---|
| 2069 | represent bundles of parameters. Shrink methods larger than 30
|
|---|
| 2070 | lines.
|
|---|
| 2071 |
|
|---|
| 2072 | Hierarchies should be deep and narrow. Subclasses should be
|
|---|
| 2073 | specializations.
|
|---|
| 2074 |
|
|---|
| 2075 | Frameworks: split large classes. Factor implementation differences
|
|---|
| 2076 | into subcomponents. Separate methods that do not share instance
|
|---|
| 2077 | variables into components that reflect the different views of the
|
|---|
| 2078 | object. Send messages to components, not self. Reduce implicit
|
|---|
| 2079 | parameter passing through instance variables.
|
|---|
| 2080 | }
|
|---|
| 2081 | }
|
|---|
| 2082 |
|
|---|
| 2083 | @article{dim:c++,
|
|---|
| 2084 | keywords = {Dimensional Analysis, C++},
|
|---|
| 2085 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2086 | author = {Robert F. Cmelic and Narain Gehani},
|
|---|
| 2087 | title = {Dimensional Analysis with {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 2088 | journal = {IEEE Software},
|
|---|
| 2089 | month = may, year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 2090 | volume = 5, number = 3, pages = {21-29}
|
|---|
| 2091 | }
|
|---|
| 2092 |
|
|---|
| 2093 | @article{Wegner87,
|
|---|
| 2094 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2095 | author = {Peter Wegner},
|
|---|
| 2096 | title = {Dimensions of Object--Based Language Design},
|
|---|
| 2097 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 2098 | volume = 22,
|
|---|
| 2099 | number = 12,
|
|---|
| 2100 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 2101 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 2102 | pages = {168-182},
|
|---|
| 2103 | note = {Proceedings of the OOPSLA'87 Conference, Oct. 4--8, 1987, Orlando, Florida},
|
|---|
| 2104 | }
|
|---|
| 2105 |
|
|---|
| 2106 | @book{Dijkstra76,
|
|---|
| 2107 | keywords = {concurrent assignment},
|
|---|
| 2108 | author = {E. W. Dijkstra},
|
|---|
| 2109 | title = {A Discipline of Programming},
|
|---|
| 2110 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall},
|
|---|
| 2111 | year = 1976,
|
|---|
| 2112 | }
|
|---|
| 2113 |
|
|---|
| 2114 | @book{Lynch96,
|
|---|
| 2115 | keywords = {distributed algorithms},
|
|---|
| 2116 | author = {Nancy A. Lynch},
|
|---|
| 2117 | title = {Distributed Algorithms},
|
|---|
| 2118 | publisher = {Morgan Kaufmann},
|
|---|
| 2119 | year = 1996,
|
|---|
| 2120 | }
|
|---|
| 2121 |
|
|---|
| 2122 | @book{Tanenbaum02,
|
|---|
| 2123 | keywords = {distributed programming},
|
|---|
| 2124 | author = {Andrew S. Tanenbaum and Maarten van Steen},
|
|---|
| 2125 | title = {Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms},
|
|---|
| 2126 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall},
|
|---|
| 2127 | year = 2002,
|
|---|
| 2128 | }
|
|---|
| 2129 |
|
|---|
| 2130 | @inproceedings{Cargill90,
|
|---|
| 2131 | keywords = {concurrency},
|
|---|
| 2132 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2133 | author = {Tom A. Cargill},
|
|---|
| 2134 | title = {Does {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Really Need Multiple Inheritance?},
|
|---|
| 2135 | booktitle = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 2136 | organization= {USENIX Association},
|
|---|
| 2137 | address = {San Francisco, California, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 2138 | month = apr,
|
|---|
| 2139 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 2140 | pages = {315-323}
|
|---|
| 2141 | }
|
|---|
| 2142 |
|
|---|
| 2143 | @unpublished{Duff83,
|
|---|
| 2144 | keywords = {C, switch statement, control flow},
|
|---|
| 2145 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2146 | author = {Tom Duff},
|
|---|
| 2147 | title = {Duff's Device},
|
|---|
| 2148 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 2149 | year = 1983,
|
|---|
| 2150 | note = {\href{http://www.lysator.liu.se/c/duffs-device.html}{http://\-www.lysator.liu.se/\-c/\-duffs-device.html}}
|
|---|
| 2151 | }
|
|---|
| 2152 |
|
|---|
| 2153 | @manual{dwarf2,
|
|---|
| 2154 | keywords = {Debugging DWARF2 specification},
|
|---|
| 2155 | contributer = {rkrische@plg},
|
|---|
| 2156 | title = {DWARF Debugging Information Format},
|
|---|
| 2157 | organization= {Unix International Programming Languages SIG},
|
|---|
| 2158 | publisher = {Unix International},
|
|---|
| 2159 | address = {Waterview Corporate Center, 20 Waterview Boulevard, Parsippany, NJ 07054},
|
|---|
| 2160 | year = {1993}
|
|---|
| 2161 | }
|
|---|
| 2162 |
|
|---|
| 2163 | @article{classicada,
|
|---|
| 2164 | keywords = {Classic Ada},
|
|---|
| 2165 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2166 | author = {Cameron M. Donaldson},
|
|---|
| 2167 | title = {Dynamic Binding and Inheritance in an Object-Oriented {Ada} Design},
|
|---|
| 2168 | journal = {Journal of Pascal, {Ada} \& Modula-2},
|
|---|
| 2169 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 2170 | month = {jul/aug}, volume = 9, number = 4, pages = {12-19},
|
|---|
| 2171 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 2172 | Classes are like packages: they can contain subprograms, types,
|
|---|
| 2173 | variables, generic instantiations, and exceptions. They can also
|
|---|
| 2174 | contain class methods, instance methods, and instance variables,
|
|---|
| 2175 | and define creation and initialization subprograms or methods for
|
|---|
| 2176 | instances. Single inheritance provides inheritance of
|
|---|
| 2177 | implementations. Dynamic binding is done with a {\em send}
|
|---|
| 2178 | statement that invokes a class or instance method. A preprocessor
|
|---|
| 2179 | converts Classic Ada to normal Ada.
|
|---|
| 2180 | }
|
|---|
| 2181 | }
|
|---|
| 2182 |
|
|---|
| 2183 | @article{Costanza03,
|
|---|
| 2184 | keywords = {dynamic call},
|
|---|
| 2185 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2186 | author = {Pascal Costanza},
|
|---|
| 2187 | title = {Dynamic Scoped Functions as the Essence of {AOP}},
|
|---|
| 2188 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 2189 | volume = 38,
|
|---|
| 2190 | number = 8,
|
|---|
| 2191 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 2192 | year = 2003,
|
|---|
| 2193 | pages = {29-35},
|
|---|
| 2194 | }
|
|---|
| 2195 |
|
|---|
| 2196 | % E
|
|---|
| 2197 |
|
|---|
| 2198 | @inproceedings{Wegbreit71,
|
|---|
| 2199 | keywords = {polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 2200 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2201 | author = {B. Wegbreit},
|
|---|
| 2202 | title = {The ECL Programming System},
|
|---|
| 2203 | booktitle = {Proceedings of AFIPS 1971 FJCC},
|
|---|
| 2204 | publisher = {AFIPS Press, vol. 39},
|
|---|
| 2205 | address = {Montvale, New Jersey, U.S.A},
|
|---|
| 2206 | year = 1971,
|
|---|
| 2207 | pages = {253-262},
|
|---|
| 2208 | }
|
|---|
| 2209 |
|
|---|
| 2210 | @manual{JavaScript,
|
|---|
| 2211 | keywords = {JavaScript},
|
|---|
| 2212 | contributer = {pabuhr},
|
|---|
| 2213 | title = {ECMAScript 2015 Language Specification {JavaScript}},
|
|---|
| 2214 | organization= {ECAM International},
|
|---|
| 2215 | address = {Rue du Rhone 114, CH-1204 Geneva, Switzerland},
|
|---|
| 2216 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 2217 | year = 2015,
|
|---|
| 2218 | note = {6th Edition}
|
|---|
| 2219 | }
|
|---|
| 2220 |
|
|---|
| 2221 | @inproceedings{Peterson77,
|
|---|
| 2222 | keywords = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion},
|
|---|
| 2223 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2224 | author = {Gary L. Peterson and Michael J. Fischer},
|
|---|
| 2225 | title = {Economical Solutions for the Critical Section Problem in a Distributed System (Extended Abstract)},
|
|---|
| 2226 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the Ninth Annual ACM Symposium on Theory of Computing},
|
|---|
| 2227 | series = {STOC '77},
|
|---|
| 2228 | year = 1977,
|
|---|
| 2229 | location = {Boulder, Colorado, USA},
|
|---|
| 2230 | pages = {91--97},
|
|---|
| 2231 | numpages = {7},
|
|---|
| 2232 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 2233 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 2234 | }
|
|---|
| 2235 |
|
|---|
| 2236 | @article{Hansen81a,
|
|---|
| 2237 | keywords = {concurrency, monitor, critical region},
|
|---|
| 2238 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2239 | author = {Per {Brinch Hansen}},
|
|---|
| 2240 | title = {{E}dison---a Multiprocessor Language},
|
|---|
| 2241 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 2242 | volume = 11,
|
|---|
| 2243 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 2244 | month = apr,
|
|---|
| 2245 | year = {1981},
|
|---|
| 2246 | pages = {325-361},
|
|---|
| 2247 | }
|
|---|
| 2248 |
|
|---|
| 2249 | @book{Eiffel,
|
|---|
| 2250 | keywords = {Eiffel},
|
|---|
| 2251 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2252 | author = {Bertrand Meyer},
|
|---|
| 2253 | title = {Eiffel: The Language},
|
|---|
| 2254 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall},
|
|---|
| 2255 | year = 1992,
|
|---|
| 2256 | series = {Prentice Hall Object-Oriented Series},
|
|---|
| 2257 | }
|
|---|
| 2258 |
|
|---|
| 2259 | @article{WS:overload,
|
|---|
| 2260 | keywords = {compilation},
|
|---|
| 2261 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2262 | author = {Peter J. L. Wallis and Bernhard W. Silverman},
|
|---|
| 2263 | title = {Efficient Implementation of the {Ada} Overloading Rules},
|
|---|
| 2264 | journal = ipl,
|
|---|
| 2265 | year = 1980,
|
|---|
| 2266 | month = apr, volume = 10, number = 3, pages = {120-123},
|
|---|
| 2267 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 2268 | The ``two-pass'' algorithm. An upward pass over a parse tree
|
|---|
| 2269 | calculates the set of possible result types of operators. The
|
|---|
| 2270 | root must have exactly one type, produced in one way. A
|
|---|
| 2271 | downward pass selects the version of the operator that produces the
|
|---|
| 2272 | desired result type, thus setting the result types of subtrees.
|
|---|
| 2273 | See \cite{D:overload}.
|
|---|
| 2274 | }
|
|---|
| 2275 | }
|
|---|
| 2276 |
|
|---|
| 2277 | @techreport{Habermann80,
|
|---|
| 2278 | keywords = {Ada, threads},
|
|---|
| 2279 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2280 | author = {A. N. Habermann and I. R. Nassi},
|
|---|
| 2281 | title = {Efficient Implementation of {Ada} Tasks},
|
|---|
| 2282 | institution = {Carnegie-Mellon University},
|
|---|
| 2283 | number = {CMU-CS-80-103},
|
|---|
| 2284 | year = 1980
|
|---|
| 2285 | }
|
|---|
| 2286 |
|
|---|
| 2287 | @article{Emerald,
|
|---|
| 2288 | keywords = {concurrency, polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 2289 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2290 | author = {Rajendra K. Raj and Ewan Tempero and Henry M. Levy and Andrew P. Black and Norman C. Hutchinson and Eric Jul},
|
|---|
| 2291 | title = {Emerald: A General-Purpose Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 2292 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 2293 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 2294 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 2295 | volume = 21,
|
|---|
| 2296 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 2297 | pages = {91-118}
|
|---|
| 2298 | }
|
|---|
| 2299 |
|
|---|
| 2300 | @InProceedings{chambers89a,
|
|---|
| 2301 | keywords = {maps, delegation},
|
|---|
| 2302 | author = "Craig Chambers and David Ungar and Elgin Lee",
|
|---|
| 2303 | title = "An Efficient Implementation of {SELF}, a Dynamically-Typed
|
|---|
| 2304 | Object-Oriented Language Based on Prototypes",
|
|---|
| 2305 | crossref = "OOPSLA89",
|
|---|
| 2306 | pages = {49-70}
|
|---|
| 2307 | }
|
|---|
| 2308 |
|
|---|
| 2309 | @article{oop:encapsulation,
|
|---|
| 2310 | keywords = {Encapsulation, Inheritance, Subclasses, Multiple Inheritance},
|
|---|
| 2311 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2312 | author = {Alan Snyder},
|
|---|
| 2313 | title = {Encapsulation and Inheritance in Object-Oriented Programming
|
|---|
| 2314 | Languages},
|
|---|
| 2315 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 2316 | volume = {21}, number = {11},
|
|---|
| 2317 | pages = {38-45},
|
|---|
| 2318 | month = nov, year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 2319 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 2320 | Client, child interfaces should be distinct. Child interface
|
|---|
| 2321 | shouldn't grant total access to parent.
|
|---|
| 2322 |
|
|---|
| 2323 | Rules for redefining parent variable name in a child affect
|
|---|
| 2324 | re-implementation of the parent.
|
|---|
| 2325 |
|
|---|
| 2326 | Inheritance can be a promise to obey the semantics of the parent,
|
|---|
| 2327 | or code reuse; the two may be contradictory. Unification
|
|---|
| 2328 | exposes use of inheritance: a child can not be re-implemented
|
|---|
| 2329 | without breaking code that assumes that it is a subclass of the
|
|---|
| 2330 | original parent. If a class uses the names of its parents'
|
|---|
| 2331 | ancestors, then inheritance is part of the parent's child
|
|---|
| 2332 | interface.
|
|---|
| 2333 |
|
|---|
| 2334 | Linearizing a multiple inheritance tree means that a class's use of
|
|---|
| 2335 | calls on super need to be understood before it is used as a parent.
|
|---|
| 2336 | Merging repeated ancestors exposes inheritance if an ancestor is
|
|---|
| 2337 | re-implemented. Forbidding inheritance of distinct methods with
|
|---|
| 2338 | the same name exposes implementation of ancestors. Proposed
|
|---|
| 2339 | solution treats the set of ancestors as a tree.
|
|---|
| 2340 | }
|
|---|
| 2341 | }
|
|---|
| 2342 |
|
|---|
| 2343 | @article{st:encapsulator,
|
|---|
| 2344 | keywords = {encapsulator, Smalltalk, monitor},
|
|---|
| 2345 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2346 | author = {Geoffrey A. Pascoe},
|
|---|
| 2347 | title = {Encapsulators: A New Software Paradigm in Smalltalk-80},
|
|---|
| 2348 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 2349 | volume = {21}, number = {11},
|
|---|
| 2350 | pages = {341-346},
|
|---|
| 2351 | month = nov, year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 2352 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 2353 | Encapsulators are objects that surround other objects.
|
|---|
| 2354 | Pre- and post-actions are performed when messages are sent to the
|
|---|
| 2355 | encapsulated object. They are created here by sending the message
|
|---|
| 2356 | object: to an encapsulator class. Examples given are monitors,
|
|---|
| 2357 | atomic objects, and Model (for model-view-controller interfaces).
|
|---|
| 2358 |
|
|---|
| 2359 | Encapsulator classes use a family of selectors that the
|
|---|
| 2360 | encapsulated object will not respond to. Messages for the
|
|---|
| 2361 | encapsulated object are passed on by trapping them with the
|
|---|
| 2362 | doesNotUnderstand method. Various fiddles were needed when setting
|
|---|
| 2363 | up the class and metaclass hierarchies. A few selectors (==,
|
|---|
| 2364 | class) always directly invoke primitive methods; they can't be
|
|---|
| 2365 | used.
|
|---|
| 2366 |
|
|---|
| 2367 | Can an encapsulated object be an encapsulator? Probably, but the
|
|---|
| 2368 | middle object's selectors are inaccessible.
|
|---|
| 2369 | }
|
|---|
| 2370 | }
|
|---|
| 2371 |
|
|---|
| 2372 | @manual{EPT,
|
|---|
| 2373 | keywords = {concurrency, light-weight threads},
|
|---|
| 2374 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2375 | key = {Encore},
|
|---|
| 2376 | title = {Encore Parallel Thread Manual, 724-06210},
|
|---|
| 2377 | organization= {Encore Computer Corporation},
|
|---|
| 2378 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 2379 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 2380 | }
|
|---|
| 2381 |
|
|---|
| 2382 | @manual{Erlang,
|
|---|
| 2383 | keywords = {Erlang},
|
|---|
| 2384 | contributer = {pabuhr},
|
|---|
| 2385 | title = {Erlang Reference Manual User's Guide, Vertion 7.0},
|
|---|
| 2386 | organization= {Erlang/OTP System Documentation},
|
|---|
| 2387 | address = {1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018},
|
|---|
| 2388 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 2389 | year = 2015,
|
|---|
| 2390 | note = {\href{http://www.erlang.org/doc/pdf/otp-system-documentation.pdf}{\textsf{http://www.erlang.org/\-doc/\-pdf/\-otp-system-documentation.pdf}}},
|
|---|
| 2391 | }
|
|---|
| 2392 |
|
|---|
| 2393 | @inproceedings{MH88,
|
|---|
| 2394 | keywords = {modules, general sums, general products},
|
|---|
| 2395 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2396 | author = {John C. Mitchell and Robert Harper},
|
|---|
| 2397 | title = {The Essence of {ML}},
|
|---|
| 2398 | booktitle = popl,
|
|---|
| 2399 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 2400 | pages = {28-46}
|
|---|
| 2401 | }
|
|---|
| 2402 |
|
|---|
| 2403 | @book{LeVerrand,
|
|---|
| 2404 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 2405 | author = {D. Le Verrand},
|
|---|
| 2406 | title = {Evaluating {Ada}},
|
|---|
| 2407 | publisher = {North Oxford Academic},
|
|---|
| 2408 | year = 1985
|
|---|
| 2409 | }
|
|---|
| 2410 |
|
|---|
| 2411 | @inproceedings{Bloom79,
|
|---|
| 2412 | keywords = {concurrency},
|
|---|
| 2413 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2414 | author = {Toby Bloom},
|
|---|
| 2415 | title = {Evaluating Synchronization Mechanisms},
|
|---|
| 2416 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the Seventh Symposium on Operating Systems Principles},
|
|---|
| 2417 | organization= {ACM SIGOPS},
|
|---|
| 2418 | address = {Pacific Grove, California, U.S.A},
|
|---|
| 2419 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 2420 | year = 1979,
|
|---|
| 2421 | pages = {24-32}
|
|---|
| 2422 | }
|
|---|
| 2423 |
|
|---|
| 2424 | @article{Buhr06a,
|
|---|
| 2425 | keywords = {concurrency, C++, uC++},
|
|---|
| 2426 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2427 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Richard C. Bilson},
|
|---|
| 2428 | title = {Examining $\mu${C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} :
|
|---|
| 2429 | High-level Object-Oriented Concurrency in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 2430 | journal = {Dr. Dobb's Journal : Software Tools for the Professional Programmer},
|
|---|
| 2431 | month = feb,
|
|---|
| 2432 | year = 2006,
|
|---|
| 2433 | volume = 31,
|
|---|
| 2434 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 2435 | pages = {36-40},
|
|---|
| 2436 | }
|
|---|
| 2437 |
|
|---|
| 2438 | @article{ExceptionalC,
|
|---|
| 2439 | keywords = {exception handling, asynchronous events},
|
|---|
| 2440 | contributer = {wyrmok@plg},
|
|---|
| 2441 | author = {N. H. Gehani},
|
|---|
| 2442 | title = {Exceptional {C} or {C} with Exceptions},
|
|---|
| 2443 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 2444 | year = 1992,
|
|---|
| 2445 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 2446 | volume = 22,
|
|---|
| 2447 | number = 10,
|
|---|
| 2448 | pages = {827-848},
|
|---|
| 2449 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 2450 | It is the most extensive exceptional handling mechanism thus
|
|---|
| 2451 | far. Though it doesn't have Mesa resumption, it has
|
|---|
| 2452 | asynchronous signal which is more general and abstract than
|
|---|
| 2453 | the unix signal mechanism. It has an Eiffel like retry
|
|---|
| 2454 | mechanism. Consequently, the scope of guarded region is not
|
|---|
| 2455 | immediately terminated when an exception is raised. In fact,
|
|---|
| 2456 | an exception handler creates a scope under its guarded
|
|---|
| 2457 | region.
|
|---|
| 2458 | }
|
|---|
| 2459 | }
|
|---|
| 2460 |
|
|---|
| 2461 | @incollection{Buhr02,
|
|---|
| 2462 | keywords = {exception handling},
|
|---|
| 2463 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2464 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Ashif Harji and W. Y. Russell Mok},
|
|---|
| 2465 | title = {Exception Handling},
|
|---|
| 2466 | editor = {Marvin V. Zelkowitz},
|
|---|
| 2467 | booktitle = {Advances in COMPUTERS},
|
|---|
| 2468 | publisher = {Academic Press},
|
|---|
| 2469 | volume = 56,
|
|---|
| 2470 | year = 2002,
|
|---|
| 2471 | pages = {245-303},
|
|---|
| 2472 | }
|
|---|
| 2473 |
|
|---|
| 2474 | @article{Cargill94,
|
|---|
| 2475 | keywords = {exception handling},
|
|---|
| 2476 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2477 | author = {Tom Cargill},
|
|---|
| 2478 | title = {Exception Handling: a False Sense of Security},
|
|---|
| 2479 | journal = {{C}{\kern-.2em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.2em+}}} Report},
|
|---|
| 2480 | year = 1994,
|
|---|
| 2481 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 2482 | volume = 6,
|
|---|
| 2483 | number = 9,
|
|---|
| 2484 | note = {http://www.informit.com/\-content/\-images/\-020163371x/\-supplements/\-Exception\_\-Handling\_\-Article.\-html}
|
|---|
| 2485 | }
|
|---|
| 2486 |
|
|---|
| 2487 | @article{Knudsen84,
|
|---|
| 2488 | keywords = {static exception handling, BETA, sequel},
|
|---|
| 2489 | contributer = {wyrmok@plg},
|
|---|
| 2490 | author = {J{\o}rgen Lindskov Knudsen},
|
|---|
| 2491 | title = {Exception Handling --- A Static Approach},
|
|---|
| 2492 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 2493 | year = 1984,
|
|---|
| 2494 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 2495 | volume = 14,
|
|---|
| 2496 | number = 5,
|
|---|
| 2497 | pages = {429-449},
|
|---|
| 2498 | }
|
|---|
| 2499 |
|
|---|
| 2500 | @article{Drew94,
|
|---|
| 2501 | keywords = {exceptions, exception handling},
|
|---|
| 2502 | contributer = {wyrmok@plg},
|
|---|
| 2503 | author = {Steven J. Drew and K. John Gough},
|
|---|
| 2504 | title = {Exception Handling: Expecting the Unexpected},
|
|---|
| 2505 | journal = {Computer Languages},
|
|---|
| 2506 | year = 1994,
|
|---|
| 2507 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 2508 | volume = 20,
|
|---|
| 2509 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 2510 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 2511 | A recent and good survey on various exception handling mechanisms found
|
|---|
| 2512 | in imperative programming languages. It classifies various mechanism in
|
|---|
| 2513 | terms of flow control and scopes. Asynchronous exceptions and signals
|
|---|
| 2514 | are also covered as Exceptional C is in the survey.
|
|---|
| 2515 | }
|
|---|
| 2516 | }
|
|---|
| 2517 |
|
|---|
| 2518 | @article{Koenig90,
|
|---|
| 2519 | keywords = {exception handling},
|
|---|
| 2520 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2521 | author = {Andrew Koenig and Bjarne Stroustrup},
|
|---|
| 2522 | title = {Exception Handling for {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 2523 | journal = joop,
|
|---|
| 2524 | month = {July/August},
|
|---|
| 2525 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 2526 | volume = 3,
|
|---|
| 2527 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 2528 | pages = {16-33},
|
|---|
| 2529 | }
|
|---|
| 2530 |
|
|---|
| 2531 | @article{Lee83,
|
|---|
| 2532 | keywords = {exception handling, C},
|
|---|
| 2533 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2534 | author = {P. A. Lee},
|
|---|
| 2535 | title = {Exception Handling in {C} Programs},
|
|---|
| 2536 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 2537 | volume = 13,
|
|---|
| 2538 | number = 5,
|
|---|
| 2539 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 2540 | year = 1983,
|
|---|
| 2541 | pages = {389-405},
|
|---|
| 2542 | }
|
|---|
| 2543 |
|
|---|
| 2544 | @article{Liskov79,
|
|---|
| 2545 | keywords = {exception handling},
|
|---|
| 2546 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2547 | author = {Barbara H. Liskov and Alan Snyder},
|
|---|
| 2548 | title = {Exception Handling in {CLU}},
|
|---|
| 2549 | journal = ieeese,
|
|---|
| 2550 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 2551 | year = 1979,
|
|---|
| 2552 | volume = {SE-5},
|
|---|
| 2553 | number = 6,
|
|---|
| 2554 | pages = {546-558},
|
|---|
| 2555 | }
|
|---|
| 2556 |
|
|---|
| 2557 | @article{Szalas85,
|
|---|
| 2558 | keywords = {concurrency, C++},
|
|---|
| 2559 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2560 | author = {Andrzej Szalas and Danuta Szczepanska},
|
|---|
| 2561 | title = {Exception Handling in Parallel Computations},
|
|---|
| 2562 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 2563 | volume = 20,
|
|---|
| 2564 | number = 10,
|
|---|
| 2565 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 2566 | year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 2567 | issn = {0362-1340},
|
|---|
| 2568 | pages = {95-104},
|
|---|
| 2569 | url = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/382286.382385},
|
|---|
| 2570 | doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/382286.382385},
|
|---|
| 2571 | acmid = {382385},
|
|---|
| 2572 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 2573 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 2574 | }
|
|---|
| 2575 |
|
|---|
| 2576 | @article{MacLaren77,
|
|---|
| 2577 | keywords = {exception handling, PL/I},
|
|---|
| 2578 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2579 | author = {M. Donald MacLaren},
|
|---|
| 2580 | title = {Exception Handling in {PL/I}},
|
|---|
| 2581 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 2582 | volume = 12,
|
|---|
| 2583 | number = 3,
|
|---|
| 2584 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 2585 | year = 1977,
|
|---|
| 2586 | pages = {101-104},
|
|---|
| 2587 | note = {Proceedings of an ACM Conference on Language Design for Reliable Software,
|
|---|
| 2588 | March 28--30, 1977, Raleigh, North Carolina, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 2589 | }
|
|---|
| 2590 |
|
|---|
| 2591 | @article{Goodenough75,
|
|---|
| 2592 | keywords = {exception handling},
|
|---|
| 2593 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2594 | author = {J. B. Goodenough},
|
|---|
| 2595 | title = {Exception Handling: Issues and a Proposed Notation},
|
|---|
| 2596 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 2597 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 2598 | year = 1975,
|
|---|
| 2599 | volume = 18,
|
|---|
| 2600 | number = 12,
|
|---|
| 2601 | pages = {683-696},
|
|---|
| 2602 | }
|
|---|
| 2603 |
|
|---|
| 2604 | @article{Lampson80,
|
|---|
| 2605 | keywords = {monitors},
|
|---|
| 2606 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2607 | author = {B. W. Lampson and D. D. Redell},
|
|---|
| 2608 | title = {Experience with Processes and Monitors in Mesa},
|
|---|
| 2609 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 2610 | volume = 23,
|
|---|
| 2611 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 2612 | month = feb,
|
|---|
| 2613 | year = 1980,
|
|---|
| 2614 | pages = {105-117},
|
|---|
| 2615 | }
|
|---|
| 2616 |
|
|---|
| 2617 | @inproceedings{Shopiro87,
|
|---|
| 2618 | keywords = {concurrency},
|
|---|
| 2619 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2620 | author = {Jonathan E. Shopiro},
|
|---|
| 2621 | title = {Extending the {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Task System for Real-Time Control},
|
|---|
| 2622 | booktitle = {Proceedings and Additional Papers {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Workshop},
|
|---|
| 2623 | organization= {USENIX Association},
|
|---|
| 2624 | address = {Santa Fe, New Mexico, U.S.A},
|
|---|
| 2625 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 2626 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 2627 | pages = {77-94}
|
|---|
| 2628 | }
|
|---|
| 2629 |
|
|---|
| 2630 | @article{Modula-2+,
|
|---|
| 2631 | keywords = {Modula-2, exceptions, garbage collection, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 2632 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2633 | author = {Paul Rovner},
|
|---|
| 2634 | title = {Extending Modula-2 to Build Large, Integrated Systems},
|
|---|
| 2635 | journal = {IEEE Software},
|
|---|
| 2636 | month = nov, year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 2637 | volume = 3, number = 6, pages = {46-57},
|
|---|
| 2638 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 2639 | Exceptions can have a parameter. Procedures can declare the
|
|---|
| 2640 | exceptions they can propagate; others are converted to {\tt
|
|---|
| 2641 | SYSTEM.Fail}. If they don't, all exceptions propagate.
|
|---|
| 2642 | Block cleanup statements execute no matter how control leaves the
|
|---|
| 2643 | block.
|
|---|
| 2644 |
|
|---|
| 2645 | {\tt REF t} is a garbage-collected pointer. A {\tt REFANY} can be
|
|---|
| 2646 | assigned any {\tt REF t}. Open array types can be used in
|
|---|
| 2647 | parameter and {\tt REF} types. {\tt NEW} creates arrays of fixed,
|
|---|
| 2648 | dynamically determined size.
|
|---|
| 2649 |
|
|---|
| 2650 | The {\tt THREAD} module provides lightweight processes, semaphores,
|
|---|
| 2651 | and conditions. A statement {\tt LOCK {\em semaphore} DO
|
|---|
| 2652 | {\em statements} END} is built in.
|
|---|
| 2653 |
|
|---|
| 2654 | {\tt SAFE} modules do run-time checks, and only import {\tt
|
|---|
| 2655 | SAFE} modules. One implementation module can implement several
|
|---|
| 2656 | definition modules. Opaque type implementations can be
|
|---|
| 2657 | repeated in modules that import its definition, so implementation
|
|---|
| 2658 | modules can collaborate. The linker checks that all
|
|---|
| 2659 | implementations are the same.
|
|---|
| 2660 | }
|
|---|
| 2661 | }
|
|---|
| 2662 |
|
|---|
| 2663 | @inproceedings{BNRPascal,
|
|---|
| 2664 | keywords = {concurrency, rendezvous},
|
|---|
| 2665 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2666 | author = {R. Kamel and N. Gammage},
|
|---|
| 2667 | title = {Experience with Rendezvous},
|
|---|
| 2668 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the 1988 International Conference on Computer Languages},
|
|---|
| 2669 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 2670 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 2671 | pages = {143-149}
|
|---|
| 2672 | }
|
|---|
| 2673 |
|
|---|
| 2674 | % F
|
|---|
| 2675 |
|
|---|
| 2676 | @inproceedings{Knudsen01,
|
|---|
| 2677 | keywords = {Beta, exception handling},
|
|---|
| 2678 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2679 | author = {J{\o}rgen Lindskov Knudsen},
|
|---|
| 2680 | title = {Fault Tolerance and Exception Handling in {BETA}},
|
|---|
| 2681 | booktitle = {Exception Handling},
|
|---|
| 2682 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 2683 | volume = 2022,
|
|---|
| 2684 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
|
|---|
| 2685 | year = 2001,
|
|---|
| 2686 | pages = {1-17}
|
|---|
| 2687 | }
|
|---|
| 2688 |
|
|---|
| 2689 | @article{Lamport87,
|
|---|
| 2690 | keywords = {software solutions, mutual exclusion, fast},
|
|---|
| 2691 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2692 | author = {Leslie Lamport},
|
|---|
| 2693 | title = {A Fast Mutual Exclusion Algorithm},
|
|---|
| 2694 | journal = tocs,
|
|---|
| 2695 | volume = 5,
|
|---|
| 2696 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 2697 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 2698 | year = {1987},
|
|---|
| 2699 | pages = {1--11},
|
|---|
| 2700 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 2701 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 2702 | }
|
|---|
| 2703 |
|
|---|
| 2704 | @inproceedings{F-bound,
|
|---|
| 2705 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 2706 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2707 | author = {Peter Canning and William Cook and Walter Hill and Walter Olthoff and John C. Mitchell},
|
|---|
| 2708 | title = {F-Bounded Polymorphism for Object-Oriented Programming},
|
|---|
| 2709 | booktitle = {Fourth International Conference on Functional Programming Languages and Computer Architecture},
|
|---|
| 2710 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 2711 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 2712 | pages = {273-280}
|
|---|
| 2713 | }
|
|---|
| 2714 |
|
|---|
| 2715 | @mastersthesis{Wasik08,
|
|---|
| 2716 | author = {Ayelet Wasik},
|
|---|
| 2717 | title = {Features of a Multi-Threaded Memory Allocator},
|
|---|
| 2718 | school = {University of Waterloo},
|
|---|
| 2719 | year = 2008,
|
|---|
| 2720 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 2721 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
|
|---|
| 2722 | note = {\textsf{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/\-bitstream/\-10012/\-3501/\-1/\-Thesis.pdf}},
|
|---|
| 2723 | }
|
|---|
| 2724 |
|
|---|
| 2725 | @article{Holzmann94,
|
|---|
| 2726 | keywords = {semaphore, flags},
|
|---|
| 2727 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2728 | author = {Gerard J. Holzmann and Bj\"{o}rn Pehrson},
|
|---|
| 2729 | title = {The First Data Networks},
|
|---|
| 2730 | journal = {Scientific American},
|
|---|
| 2731 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 2732 | year = 1994,
|
|---|
| 2733 | volume = 12,
|
|---|
| 2734 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 2735 | pages = {124-129},
|
|---|
| 2736 | }
|
|---|
| 2737 |
|
|---|
| 2738 | @article{Bohm66,
|
|---|
| 2739 | keywords = {goto, structured programming},
|
|---|
| 2740 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2741 | author = {C. B\"{o}hm and G. Jacopini},
|
|---|
| 2742 | title = {Flow diagrams, Turing Machines and Languages with only two Formation Rules},
|
|---|
| 2743 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 2744 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 2745 | year = 1966,
|
|---|
| 2746 | volume = 9,
|
|---|
| 2747 | number = 5,
|
|---|
| 2748 | pages = {366-371},
|
|---|
| 2749 | }
|
|---|
| 2750 |
|
|---|
| 2751 | @manual{Fortran95,
|
|---|
| 2752 | keywords = {Fortran 95},
|
|---|
| 2753 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2754 | key = {Fortran95},
|
|---|
| 2755 | title = {Fortran 95 Standard, ISO/IEC 1539},
|
|---|
| 2756 | organization = {Unicomp, Inc.},
|
|---|
| 2757 | address = {7660 E. Broadway, Tucson, Arizona, U.S.A, 85710},
|
|---|
| 2758 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 2759 | year = 1997,
|
|---|
| 2760 | }
|
|---|
| 2761 |
|
|---|
| 2762 | @manual{Fortran08,
|
|---|
| 2763 | keywords = {ISO/IEC Fortran 08},
|
|---|
| 2764 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2765 | key = {Fortran08},
|
|---|
| 2766 | title = {Programming Languages -- {Fortran} Part 1},
|
|---|
| 2767 | organization= {International Standard ISO/IEC 1989:2014},
|
|---|
| 2768 | publisher = {International Standard Organization},
|
|---|
| 2769 | address = {http://www.iso.org},
|
|---|
| 2770 | year = 2010,
|
|---|
| 2771 | }
|
|---|
| 2772 |
|
|---|
| 2773 | @book{Andrews00:book,
|
|---|
| 2774 | keywords = {concurrency},
|
|---|
| 2775 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2776 | author = {Gregory R. Andrews},
|
|---|
| 2777 | title = {Foundations of Multithreaded, Parallel and Distributed Programming},
|
|---|
| 2778 | publisher = {Addison--Wesley},
|
|---|
| 2779 | year = 2000,
|
|---|
| 2780 | }
|
|---|
| 2781 |
|
|---|
| 2782 | @article{Agha89,
|
|---|
| 2783 | keywords = {actors, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 2784 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2785 | author = {Gul A. Agha},
|
|---|
| 2786 | title = {Foundational Issues in Concurrent Computing},
|
|---|
| 2787 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 2788 | month = apr,
|
|---|
| 2789 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 2790 | volume = 24,
|
|---|
| 2791 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 2792 | pages = {60-65},
|
|---|
| 2793 | note = {Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN Workshop on Object-Based Concurrent Programming,
|
|---|
| 2794 | Sept. 26--27, 1988, San Diego, California, U.S.A},
|
|---|
| 2795 | }
|
|---|
| 2796 |
|
|---|
| 2797 | @article{ool,
|
|---|
| 2798 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 2799 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2800 | author = {Douglas T. Ross},
|
|---|
| 2801 | title = {Toward Foundations for the Understanding of Type},
|
|---|
| 2802 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 2803 | year = 1976,
|
|---|
| 2804 | volume = 11, pages = {63-65},
|
|---|
| 2805 | note = {Conference on Data: Abstraction, Definition and Structure},
|
|---|
| 2806 | summary = {
|
|---|
| 2807 | Possibly the first use (without definition, alas) of the phrase
|
|---|
| 2808 | "object oriented language". Metaphysical to the point of incoherence.
|
|---|
| 2809 | }
|
|---|
| 2810 | }
|
|---|
| 2811 |
|
|---|
| 2812 | @article{frames,
|
|---|
| 2813 | keywords = {frames},
|
|---|
| 2814 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2815 | author = {Paul G. Basset},
|
|---|
| 2816 | title = {Frame-Based Software Engineering},
|
|---|
| 2817 | journal = {IEEE Software},
|
|---|
| 2818 | month = jul, year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 2819 | volume = 4, number = 4, pages = {9-16}
|
|---|
| 2820 | }
|
|---|
| 2821 |
|
|---|
| 2822 | @article{Sutter05,
|
|---|
| 2823 | keywords = {concurrency, C++},
|
|---|
| 2824 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2825 | author = {Herb Sutter},
|
|---|
| 2826 | title = {A Fundamental Turn Toward Concurrency in Software},
|
|---|
| 2827 | journal = {Dr. Dobb's Journal : Software Tools for the Professional Programmer},
|
|---|
| 2828 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 2829 | year = 2005,
|
|---|
| 2830 | volume = 30,
|
|---|
| 2831 | number = 3,
|
|---|
| 2832 | pages = {16-22},
|
|---|
| 2833 | }
|
|---|
| 2834 |
|
|---|
| 2835 | @inproceedings{Dony01,
|
|---|
| 2836 | keywords = {Smalltalk, exception handling},
|
|---|
| 2837 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2838 | author = {Chistophe Dony},
|
|---|
| 2839 | title = {A Fully Object-Oriented Exception Handling System: Rationale and Smalltalk Implementation},
|
|---|
| 2840 | booktitle = {Exception Handling},
|
|---|
| 2841 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 2842 | volume = 2022,
|
|---|
| 2843 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
|
|---|
| 2844 | year = 2001,
|
|---|
| 2845 | pages = {18-38}
|
|---|
| 2846 | }
|
|---|
| 2847 |
|
|---|
| 2848 | @misc{FW,
|
|---|
| 2849 | key = {FW},
|
|---|
| 2850 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2851 | title = {Funk \& Wagnalls Standard Desk Dictionary},
|
|---|
| 2852 | year = 1980
|
|---|
| 2853 | }
|
|---|
| 2854 |
|
|---|
| 2855 | @book{Knuth73V1,
|
|---|
| 2856 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2857 | author = {Donald E. Knuth},
|
|---|
| 2858 | title = {Fundamental Algorithms},
|
|---|
| 2859 | series = {The Art of Computer Programming},
|
|---|
| 2860 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 2861 | year = 1973,
|
|---|
| 2862 | volume = 1,
|
|---|
| 2863 | edition = {second},
|
|---|
| 2864 | }
|
|---|
| 2865 |
|
|---|
| 2866 | @inproceedings{Strachey,
|
|---|
| 2867 | keywords = {polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 2868 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2869 | author = {C. Strachey},
|
|---|
| 2870 | title = {Fundamental Concepts in Programming Languages},
|
|---|
| 2871 | booktitle = {Lecture Notes for the International Summer School in Computer Programming},
|
|---|
| 2872 | year = 1967,
|
|---|
| 2873 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 2874 | address = {Copenhagen},
|
|---|
| 2875 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 2876 | Defines ad-hoc and parametric polymorphism.
|
|---|
| 2877 | }
|
|---|
| 2878 | }
|
|---|
| 2879 |
|
|---|
| 2880 | @article{Eisenberg72,
|
|---|
| 2881 | keywords = {concurrency, N-Process solution, O(N)},
|
|---|
| 2882 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2883 | author = {Murray A. Eisenberg and Michael R. McGuire},
|
|---|
| 2884 | title = {Further Comments on {D}ijkstra's Concurrent Programming Control Problem},
|
|---|
| 2885 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 2886 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 2887 | year = 1972,
|
|---|
| 2888 | volume = 15,
|
|---|
| 2889 | number = 11,
|
|---|
| 2890 | pages = {999},
|
|---|
| 2891 | }
|
|---|
| 2892 |
|
|---|
| 2893 | % G
|
|---|
| 2894 |
|
|---|
| 2895 | @article{Boehm88,
|
|---|
| 2896 | keywords = {conservative garbage collection, C},
|
|---|
| 2897 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2898 | author = {Hans-Juergen Boehm and Mark Weiser},
|
|---|
| 2899 | title = {Garbage Collection in an Uncooperative Environment},
|
|---|
| 2900 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 2901 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 2902 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 2903 | volume = 18,
|
|---|
| 2904 | number = 9,
|
|---|
| 2905 | pages = {807-820}
|
|---|
| 2906 | }
|
|---|
| 2907 |
|
|---|
| 2908 | @manual{gcc,
|
|---|
| 2909 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 2910 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2911 | title = {GCC},
|
|---|
| 2912 | author = {Richard M. Stallman},
|
|---|
| 2913 | organization= {Free Software Foundation},
|
|---|
| 2914 | address = {Cambridge, MA}
|
|---|
| 2915 | }
|
|---|
| 2916 |
|
|---|
| 2917 | @article{doUpon,
|
|---|
| 2918 | keywords = {formal verification, axiomatic semantics, control structures},
|
|---|
| 2919 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 2920 | author = {Ed Anson},
|
|---|
| 2921 | title = {A Generalized Iterative Construct and Its Semantics},
|
|---|
| 2922 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 2923 | volume = {9}, number = {4},
|
|---|
| 2924 | pages = {567-581},
|
|---|
| 2925 | month = oct, year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 2926 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 2927 | \begin{verbatim}
|
|---|
| 2928 | do
|
|---|
| 2929 | P1 -> L1
|
|---|
| 2930 | [] P2 -> L2
|
|---|
| 2931 | ...
|
|---|
| 2932 | [] Pm -> Lm
|
|---|
| 2933 | upon
|
|---|
| 2934 | Q1 -> M1
|
|---|
| 2935 | [] Q2 -> M2
|
|---|
| 2936 | ...
|
|---|
| 2937 | [] qn -> mn
|
|---|
| 2938 | od
|
|---|
| 2939 | \end{verbatim}
|
|---|
| 2940 |
|
|---|
| 2941 | If there is an i such that Qi is true, execute Mi and terminate.
|
|---|
| 2942 | Otherwise, if there is an i such that Pi is true, execute Li and
|
|---|
| 2943 | repeat the loop. Otherwise, fail.
|
|---|
| 2944 | }
|
|---|
| 2945 | }
|
|---|
| 2946 |
|
|---|
| 2947 | @unpublished{Bilson,
|
|---|
| 2948 | keywords = {generic programming, generics, polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 2949 | contributor = {a3moss@plg},
|
|---|
| 2950 | author = {Richard C. Bilson and Glen Ditchfield and Peter A. Buhr},
|
|---|
| 2951 | title = {Generic Programming with Inferred Models},
|
|---|
| 2952 | }
|
|---|
| 2953 |
|
|---|
| 2954 |
|
|---|
| 2955 | @article{Haskell,
|
|---|
| 2956 | keywords = {lazy evaluation, type class},
|
|---|
| 2957 | contributer = {pabuhr},
|
|---|
| 2958 | author = {Paul Hudak and Joseph H. Fasel},
|
|---|
| 2959 | title = {A Gentle Introduction to Haskell},
|
|---|
| 2960 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 2961 | volume = 27,
|
|---|
| 2962 | number = 5,
|
|---|
| 2963 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 2964 | year = 1992,
|
|---|
| 2965 | pages = {T1-53},
|
|---|
| 2966 | }
|
|---|
| 2967 |
|
|---|
| 2968 | @manual{Go,
|
|---|
| 2969 | keywords = {Go programming language},
|
|---|
| 2970 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2971 | title = {{Go} Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 2972 | author = {Robert Griesemer and Rob Pike and Ken Thompson},
|
|---|
| 2973 | organization= {Google},
|
|---|
| 2974 | year = 2009,
|
|---|
| 2975 | note = {\href{http://golang.org/ref/spec}{http://golang.org/\-ref/\-spec}},
|
|---|
| 2976 | }
|
|---|
| 2977 |
|
|---|
| 2978 | @article{Dijkstra68a,
|
|---|
| 2979 | keywords = {goto},
|
|---|
| 2980 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2981 | author = {Edsger W. Dijkstra},
|
|---|
| 2982 | title = {Go To Statement Considered Harmful},
|
|---|
| 2983 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 2984 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 2985 | year = 1968,
|
|---|
| 2986 | volume = 11,
|
|---|
| 2987 | number = 3,
|
|---|
| 2988 | pages = {147-148},
|
|---|
| 2989 | note = {Reprinted in \cite{Yourdon79} pp. 29--36.},
|
|---|
| 2990 | }
|
|---|
| 2991 |
|
|---|
| 2992 | @article{Choi91,
|
|---|
| 2993 | keywords = {contra-variance, functions},
|
|---|
| 2994 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 2995 | author = {Injun Choi and Michael V. Mannino},
|
|---|
| 2996 | title = {Graph Interpretation of Methods: A Unifying Framework for Polymorphism in Object-Oriented Programming},
|
|---|
| 2997 | journal = {OOPS Messenger},
|
|---|
| 2998 | volume = 2,
|
|---|
| 2999 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 3000 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 3001 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 3002 | pages = {38-54},
|
|---|
| 3003 | }
|
|---|
| 3004 |
|
|---|
| 3005 | @misc{GNU-C,
|
|---|
| 3006 | keywords = {C, ANSI C},
|
|---|
| 3007 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3008 | author = {Richard Stallman},
|
|---|
| 3009 | title = {The Free Software Foundation's Gnu {C} Compiler},
|
|---|
| 3010 | howpublished= {Free Software Foundation, 1000 Mass Ave., Cambridge, MA, U.S.A., 02138},
|
|---|
| 3011 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 3012 | }
|
|---|
| 3013 |
|
|---|
| 3014 | @article{Dijkstra:green,
|
|---|
| 3015 | keywords = {ada},
|
|---|
| 3016 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 3017 | author = {Edsger W. Dijkstra},
|
|---|
| 3018 | title = {On the GREEN Language submitted to the DoD},
|
|---|
| 3019 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 3020 | year = 1978,
|
|---|
| 3021 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 3022 | volume = 13,
|
|---|
| 3023 | number = 10,
|
|---|
| 3024 | pages = {16-21}
|
|---|
| 3025 | }
|
|---|
| 3026 |
|
|---|
| 3027 | @inproceedings{Miller02,
|
|---|
| 3028 | keywords = {exception handling},
|
|---|
| 3029 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3030 | author = {Robert Miller and Anand Tripathi},
|
|---|
| 3031 | title = {The Guardian Model for Exception Handling in Distributed Systems},
|
|---|
| 3032 | booktitle = {21st Symposium on Reliable Distributed Systems},
|
|---|
| 3033 | organization= {IEEE},
|
|---|
| 3034 | address = {Suita, Japan},
|
|---|
| 3035 | year = 2002,
|
|---|
| 3036 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 3037 | pages = {304-313}
|
|---|
| 3038 | }
|
|---|
| 3039 |
|
|---|
| 3040 | @phdthesis{Chen09,
|
|---|
| 3041 | author = {Jun Chen},
|
|---|
| 3042 | title = {Guided Testing of Concurrent Programs Using Value Schedules},
|
|---|
| 3043 | school = {University of Waterloo},
|
|---|
| 3044 | year = 2009,
|
|---|
| 3045 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 3046 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
|
|---|
| 3047 | note = {\textsf{http://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/bitstream/\-10012/\-4735/\-1/\-Chen-Jun.pdf}},
|
|---|
| 3048 | }
|
|---|
| 3049 |
|
|---|
| 3050 | @misc{GNU-C++,
|
|---|
| 3051 | keywords = {C++, GNU C},
|
|---|
| 3052 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3053 | author = {Michael D. Tiemann},
|
|---|
| 3054 | title = {User's Guide to GNU {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 3055 | howpublished= {Free Software Foundation, 1000 Mass Ave., Cambridge, MA, U.S.A., 02138},
|
|---|
| 3056 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 3057 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 3058 | }
|
|---|
| 3059 |
|
|---|
| 3060 | % H
|
|---|
| 3061 |
|
|---|
| 3062 | @article{Michael04a,
|
|---|
| 3063 | keywords = {Lock-free, synchronization, concurrent programming, memory management, multiprogramming, dynamic data structures},
|
|---|
| 3064 | author = {Maged M. Michael},
|
|---|
| 3065 | title = {Hazard Pointers: Safe Memory Reclamation for Lock-Free Objects},
|
|---|
| 3066 | journal = ieeepds,
|
|---|
| 3067 | volume = 15,
|
|---|
| 3068 | number = 6,
|
|---|
| 3069 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 3070 | year = 2004,
|
|---|
| 3071 | pages = {491-504},
|
|---|
| 3072 | publisher = {IEEE Press},
|
|---|
| 3073 | address = {Piscataway, NJ, USA},
|
|---|
| 3074 | }
|
|---|
| 3075 |
|
|---|
| 3076 | @techreport{Hermes90,
|
|---|
| 3077 | keywords = {processes, distributed computing},
|
|---|
| 3078 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3079 | author = {Robert E. Strom and David F. Bacon and Arthur P. Goldberg and Andy Lowry and Daniel M. Yellin and Shaula Alexander Yemini},
|
|---|
| 3080 | title = {Hermes: A Language for Distributed Computing},
|
|---|
| 3081 | institution = {IBM T. J. Watson Research Center},
|
|---|
| 3082 | address = {Yorktown Heights, New York, U.S.A., 10598},
|
|---|
| 3083 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 3084 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 3085 | }
|
|---|
| 3086 |
|
|---|
| 3087 | @book{Hermes91,
|
|---|
| 3088 | keywords = {processes, distributed computing},
|
|---|
| 3089 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3090 | author = {Robert E. Strom and David F. Bacon and Arthur P. Goldberg and Andy Lowry and Daniel M. Yellin and Shaula Alexander Yemini},
|
|---|
| 3091 | title = {Hermes: A Language for Distributed Computing},
|
|---|
| 3092 | publisher = {Prentice Hall},
|
|---|
| 3093 | series = {Innovative Technology},
|
|---|
| 3094 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 3095 | }
|
|---|
| 3096 |
|
|---|
| 3097 | @article{katzenelson83b,
|
|---|
| 3098 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 3099 | author = "Jacob Katzenelsen",
|
|---|
| 3100 | title = "Higher Level Programming and Data Abstraction---A Case Study using Enhanced C",
|
|---|
| 3101 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 3102 | year = 1983,
|
|---|
| 3103 | volume = 13,
|
|---|
| 3104 | number = 7,
|
|---|
| 3105 | pages = {577-596},
|
|---|
| 3106 | month = jul
|
|---|
| 3107 | }
|
|---|
| 3108 |
|
|---|
| 3109 | @techreport{Hoare73,
|
|---|
| 3110 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 3111 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 3112 | author = {C. A. R. Hoare},
|
|---|
| 3113 | title = {Hints on Programming Language Design},
|
|---|
| 3114 | institution = {Stanford University Computer Science Department},
|
|---|
| 3115 | year = 1973,
|
|---|
| 3116 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 3117 | number = {CS-73-403},
|
|---|
| 3118 | note = {Reprinted in \cite{pldesign}.}
|
|---|
| 3119 | }
|
|---|
| 3120 |
|
|---|
| 3121 | @article{Dijkstra71,
|
|---|
| 3122 | keywords = {monitor, secretary},
|
|---|
| 3123 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3124 | author = {E. W. Dijkstra},
|
|---|
| 3125 | title = {Hierarchical Ordering of Sequential Processes},
|
|---|
| 3126 | journal = acta,
|
|---|
| 3127 | volume = 1,
|
|---|
| 3128 | pages = {115-138},
|
|---|
| 3129 | year = 1971,
|
|---|
| 3130 | }
|
|---|
| 3131 |
|
|---|
| 3132 | @article{Buhr15a,
|
|---|
| 3133 | keywords = {software solution, mutual exclusion, performance experiment},
|
|---|
| 3134 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and David Dice and Wim H. Hesselink},
|
|---|
| 3135 | title = {High-Performance {$N$}-Thread Software Solutions for Mutual Exclusion},
|
|---|
| 3136 | journal = {Concurrency and Computation: Practice and Experience},
|
|---|
| 3137 | volume = 27,
|
|---|
| 3138 | number = 3,
|
|---|
| 3139 | pages = {651-701},
|
|---|
| 3140 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 3141 | year = 2015,
|
|---|
| 3142 | }
|
|---|
| 3143 |
|
|---|
| 3144 | @article{Ackermann28,
|
|---|
| 3145 | keywords = {recursion, Ackermann function},
|
|---|
| 3146 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3147 | author = {Wilhelm Ackermann},
|
|---|
| 3148 | title = {Zum Hilbertschen Aufbau der reellen Zahlen},
|
|---|
| 3149 | publisher = {Springer},
|
|---|
| 3150 | journal = {Mathematische Annalen},
|
|---|
| 3151 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 3152 | volume = 99,
|
|---|
| 3153 | pages = {118-133},
|
|---|
| 3154 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 3155 | year = 1928,
|
|---|
| 3156 | }
|
|---|
| 3157 |
|
|---|
| 3158 | @inproceedings{typeclass,
|
|---|
| 3159 | keywords = {Hindley/Miller type systems, Haskell},
|
|---|
| 3160 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 3161 | author = {Philip Wadler and Stephen Blott},
|
|---|
| 3162 | title = {How to make {\em Ad-Hoc} Polymorphism Less {\em Ad-Hoc}},
|
|---|
| 3163 | booktitle = popl,
|
|---|
| 3164 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 3165 | pages = {60-76},
|
|---|
| 3166 | organization= {Association for Computing Machinery}
|
|---|
| 3167 | }
|
|---|
| 3168 |
|
|---|
| 3169 | % I
|
|---|
| 3170 |
|
|---|
| 3171 | @book{IBM370,
|
|---|
| 3172 | keywords = {370, IBM},
|
|---|
| 3173 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3174 | key = {IBM370},
|
|---|
| 3175 | title = {{IBM} System/370 Principles of Operation},
|
|---|
| 3176 | publisher = {IBM},
|
|---|
| 3177 | number = {GA22-7000-8},
|
|---|
| 3178 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 3179 | year = 1981,
|
|---|
| 3180 | edition = {9th}
|
|---|
| 3181 | }
|
|---|
| 3182 |
|
|---|
| 3183 | @book{Icon,
|
|---|
| 3184 | keywords = {Icon},
|
|---|
| 3185 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3186 | author = {Ralph E. Griswold and Madge T. Griswold},
|
|---|
| 3187 | title = {The Icon Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 3188 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall},
|
|---|
| 3189 | year = 1983,
|
|---|
| 3190 | }
|
|---|
| 3191 |
|
|---|
| 3192 | @inproceedings{Valois94,
|
|---|
| 3193 | keywords = {lock free, queue},
|
|---|
| 3194 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3195 | author = {John D. Valois},
|
|---|
| 3196 | title = {Implementing Lock-Free Queues},
|
|---|
| 3197 | booktitle = {Seventh International Conference on Parallel and Distributed Computing Systems},
|
|---|
| 3198 | address = {Las Vegas, Nevada, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 3199 | year = {1994},
|
|---|
| 3200 | pages = {64-69},
|
|---|
| 3201 | }
|
|---|
| 3202 |
|
|---|
| 3203 | @article{Hehner81,
|
|---|
| 3204 | keywords = {concurrency, critical section, bakery algorithm},
|
|---|
| 3205 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3206 | author = {Eric C. R. Hehner and R. K. Shyamasundar},
|
|---|
| 3207 | title = {An Implementation of {P} and {V}},
|
|---|
| 3208 | journal = ipl,
|
|---|
| 3209 | year = 1981,
|
|---|
| 3210 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 3211 | volume = 12,
|
|---|
| 3212 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 3213 | pages = {196-198},
|
|---|
| 3214 | }
|
|---|
| 3215 |
|
|---|
| 3216 | @incollection{Steenkiste91,
|
|---|
| 3217 | keywords = {lisp},
|
|---|
| 3218 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 3219 | author = {Peter A. Steenkiste},
|
|---|
| 3220 | title = {The Implementation of Tags and Run-Time Checking},
|
|---|
| 3221 | booktitle = {Topics in Advanced Language Implementation},
|
|---|
| 3222 | pages = {3-24},
|
|---|
| 3223 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 3224 | editor = {Peter Lee},
|
|---|
| 3225 | chapter = {1},
|
|---|
| 3226 | publisher = {The MIT Press}
|
|---|
| 3227 | }
|
|---|
| 3228 |
|
|---|
| 3229 | @techreport{Roberts89,
|
|---|
| 3230 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 3231 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3232 | author = {Eric S. Roberts},
|
|---|
| 3233 | title = {Implementing Exceptions in {C}},
|
|---|
| 3234 | institution = {Digital Systems Research Center},
|
|---|
| 3235 | address = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, California, 94301},
|
|---|
| 3236 | number = {40},
|
|---|
| 3237 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 3238 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 3239 | }
|
|---|
| 3240 |
|
|---|
| 3241 | @mastersthesis{Bilson03,
|
|---|
| 3242 | keywords = {Cforall, parametric polymorphism, overloading},
|
|---|
| 3243 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3244 | author = {Richard C. Bilson},
|
|---|
| 3245 | title = {Implementing Overloading and Polymorphism in Cforall},
|
|---|
| 3246 | school = {School of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
|
|---|
| 3247 | year = 2003,
|
|---|
| 3248 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
|
|---|
| 3249 | note = {\href{http://plg.uwaterloo.ca/theses/BilsonThesis.pdf}{http://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-theses/\-BilsonThesis.pdf}},
|
|---|
| 3250 | }
|
|---|
| 3251 |
|
|---|
| 3252 | @article{Buhr05b,
|
|---|
| 3253 | keywords = {monitor, automatic signal, implicit signal},
|
|---|
| 3254 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3255 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Ashif S. Harji},
|
|---|
| 3256 | title = {Implicit-signal monitors},
|
|---|
| 3257 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 3258 | volume = 27,
|
|---|
| 3259 | number = 6,
|
|---|
| 3260 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 3261 | year = 2005,
|
|---|
| 3262 | issn = {0164-0925},
|
|---|
| 3263 | pages = {1270--1343},
|
|---|
| 3264 | doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1108970.1108975},
|
|---|
| 3265 | publisher = {ACM Press},
|
|---|
| 3266 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 3267 | }
|
|---|
| 3268 |
|
|---|
| 3269 | @article{Baker77,
|
|---|
| 3270 | author = {Henry C. Baker, Jr. and Carl Hewitt},
|
|---|
| 3271 | title = {The Incremental Garbage Collection of Processes},
|
|---|
| 3272 | journal = {SIGART Bulletin},
|
|---|
| 3273 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 3274 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 3275 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 3276 | year = 1977,
|
|---|
| 3277 | pages = {55-59},
|
|---|
| 3278 | issn = {0163-5719},
|
|---|
| 3279 | doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/872736.806932},
|
|---|
| 3280 | }
|
|---|
| 3281 |
|
|---|
| 3282 | @book{Algol68,
|
|---|
| 3283 | keywords = {Algol68},
|
|---|
| 3284 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3285 | author = {C. H. Lindsey and S. G. van der Meulen},
|
|---|
| 3286 | title = {Informal Introduction to ALGOL 68},
|
|---|
| 3287 | publisher = {North-Holland},
|
|---|
| 3288 | address = {London},
|
|---|
| 3289 | year = 1977,
|
|---|
| 3290 | }
|
|---|
| 3291 |
|
|---|
| 3292 | @inproceedings{Cook90,
|
|---|
| 3293 | keywords = {f-bounded polymorhpism, lambda calculus},
|
|---|
| 3294 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 3295 | author = {William R. Cook and Walter L. Hill and Peter S. Canning},
|
|---|
| 3296 | title = {Inheritance is Not Subtyping},
|
|---|
| 3297 | booktitle = popl,
|
|---|
| 3298 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 3299 | pages = {125-135},
|
|---|
| 3300 | organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
|
|---|
| 3301 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 3302 | In typed object-oriented languages the subtype relation is
|
|---|
| 3303 | typically based on the inheritance hierarchy. This approach,
|
|---|
| 3304 | however, leads either to insecure type-systems or to restrictions
|
|---|
| 3305 | on inheritance that make it less flexible than untyped Smalltalk
|
|---|
| 3306 | inheritance. We present a new typed model of inheritance that
|
|---|
| 3307 | allows more of the flexibility of Smalltalk inheritance within a
|
|---|
| 3308 | statically-typed system. Significant features of our analysis are
|
|---|
| 3309 | the introduction of polymorphism into the typing of inheritance and
|
|---|
| 3310 | the uniform application of inheritance to objects, classes and
|
|---|
| 3311 | types. The resulting notion of {\em type inheritance} allows us to
|
|---|
| 3312 | show that the type of an inherited object is an inherited type but
|
|---|
| 3313 | not always a subtype.
|
|---|
| 3314 | }
|
|---|
| 3315 | }
|
|---|
| 3316 |
|
|---|
| 3317 | @inproceedings{MMR92,
|
|---|
| 3318 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 3319 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 3320 | author = {Robert E. Minnear and Patrick A. Muckelbauer and Vincent F. Russo},
|
|---|
| 3321 | title = {Integrating the {Sun Microsystems} {XDR/RPC} Protocols
|
|---|
| 3322 | into the {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Stream Model},
|
|---|
| 3323 | booktitle = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 3324 | year = 1992,
|
|---|
| 3325 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 3326 | pages = {295-312},
|
|---|
| 3327 | organization= {USENIX Association},
|
|---|
| 3328 | address = {2590 Ninth Street, Suite 215, Berkeley, CA 94710},
|
|---|
| 3329 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 3330 | This paper reports our experiences integrating the Sun Microsystems
|
|---|
| 3331 | RPC and XDR protocol specifications into the C++ model of
|
|---|
| 3332 | input/output streams. As part of the {\it Renaissance} operating
|
|---|
| 3333 | system project, we wish to construct network servers and clients,
|
|---|
| 3334 | written in C++, which interoperate with existing UNIX clients
|
|---|
| 3335 | and servers. We discovered that, although it would be possible to
|
|---|
| 3336 | re-implement the procedural based XDR/RPC implementation
|
|---|
| 3337 | distributed by Sun Microsystems in C++, it is far cleaner to
|
|---|
| 3338 | integrate the protocols with the C++ I/O stream model. We
|
|---|
| 3339 | feel the resulting model provides a cleaner way of implementing RPC
|
|---|
| 3340 | clients and servers without losing functionality or compatibility
|
|---|
| 3341 | with existing clients and servers.
|
|---|
| 3342 | }
|
|---|
| 3343 | }
|
|---|
| 3344 |
|
|---|
| 3345 | @inproceedings{Zuo08,
|
|---|
| 3346 | keywords = {shared memory systems,intelligent multiport memory,multiprocessors systems,shared memory system},
|
|---|
| 3347 | author = {Wang Zuo and Wang Zuo and Li Jiaxing},
|
|---|
| 3348 | title = {An Intelligent Multi-Port Memory},
|
|---|
| 3349 | booktitle = {Symposium on Intelligent Information Technology Application Workshops, Shanghai, China},
|
|---|
| 3350 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 3351 | year = 2008,
|
|---|
| 3352 | pages = {251-254},
|
|---|
| 3353 | publisher = {IEEE Computer Society},
|
|---|
| 3354 | address = {Los Alamitos, CA, USA},
|
|---|
| 3355 | }
|
|---|
| 3356 |
|
|---|
| 3357 | @book{Francez96,
|
|---|
| 3358 | keywords = {await, formal},
|
|---|
| 3359 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3360 | author = {Nissim Francez and Ira R. Forman},
|
|---|
| 3361 | title = {Interacting Processes: A Multiparty Approach to Coordinated Distributed Programming},
|
|---|
| 3362 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 3363 | series = {ACM Press Books},
|
|---|
| 3364 | year = 1996,
|
|---|
| 3365 | }
|
|---|
| 3366 |
|
|---|
| 3367 | @article{Labreche90,
|
|---|
| 3368 | keywords = {concurrency, C++},
|
|---|
| 3369 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3370 | author = {Pierre Labr{\`{e}}che},
|
|---|
| 3371 | title = {Interactors: A Real-Time Executive with Multiparty Interactions in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 3372 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 3373 | volume = 25,
|
|---|
| 3374 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 3375 | month = apr,
|
|---|
| 3376 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 3377 | pages = {20-32},
|
|---|
| 3378 | }
|
|---|
| 3379 |
|
|---|
| 3380 | @inproceedings{interfaces,
|
|---|
| 3381 | keywords = {parameterized interfaces, classes, recursion/inheritance},
|
|---|
| 3382 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 3383 | author = {Peter S. Canning and William R. Cook and Walter L. Hill and
|
|---|
| 3384 | Walter G. Olthoff},
|
|---|
| 3385 | title = {Interfaces for Strongly-Typed Object-Oriented Programming},
|
|---|
| 3386 | crossref = "OOPSLA89",
|
|---|
| 3387 | pages = {457-467},
|
|---|
| 3388 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 3389 | This paper develops a system of explicit interfaces for
|
|---|
| 3390 | object-oriented programming. The system provides the benefits of
|
|---|
| 3391 | module interfaces found in languages like Ada and Modula-2 while
|
|---|
| 3392 | preserving the expressiveness that gives untyped object-oriented
|
|---|
| 3393 | languages like Smalltalk their flexibility. Interfaces are
|
|---|
| 3394 | interpreted as polymorphic types to make the system sufficiently
|
|---|
| 3395 | powerful. We use interfaces to analyze the properties of
|
|---|
| 3396 | inheritance, and identify three distinct kinds of inheritance in
|
|---|
| 3397 | object-oriented programming, corresponding to objects, classes, and
|
|---|
| 3398 | interfaces, respectively. Object interfaces clarify the
|
|---|
| 3399 | distinction between interface containment and inheritance and give
|
|---|
| 3400 | insight into limitations caused by equating the notions of type and
|
|---|
| 3401 | class in many typed object-oriented programming languages.
|
|---|
| 3402 | Interfaces also have practical consequences for design,
|
|---|
| 3403 | specification, and maintenance of object-oriented systems.
|
|---|
| 3404 | }
|
|---|
| 3405 | }
|
|---|
| 3406 |
|
|---|
| 3407 | @phdthesis{Girard72,
|
|---|
| 3408 | keywords = {universal quantification},
|
|---|
| 3409 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 3410 | author = {J.-Y. Girard},
|
|---|
| 3411 | title = {Interpretation fonctionelle et elimination des coupures de
|
|---|
| 3412 | l'arithmetique d'ordre superieur},
|
|---|
| 3413 | school = {Universite Paris},
|
|---|
| 3414 | year = {1972}
|
|---|
| 3415 | }
|
|---|
| 3416 |
|
|---|
| 3417 | @article{Karaorman93,
|
|---|
| 3418 | keywords = {Eiffel, concurrency libraries},
|
|---|
| 3419 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3420 | author = {Murat Karaorman and John Bruno},
|
|---|
| 3421 | title = {Introducing Concurrency to a Sequential Language},
|
|---|
| 3422 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 3423 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 3424 | year = 1993,
|
|---|
| 3425 | volume = 36,
|
|---|
| 3426 | number = 9,
|
|---|
| 3427 | pages = {103-116}
|
|---|
| 3428 | }
|
|---|
| 3429 |
|
|---|
| 3430 | @book{Corman92,
|
|---|
| 3431 | keywords = {PRAM, parallel algorithms},
|
|---|
| 3432 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3433 | author = {Thomas H. Cormen and Charles E. Leiserson and Ronald L. Rivest},
|
|---|
| 3434 | title = {Introduction to Algorithms},
|
|---|
| 3435 | publisher = {MIT Press/McGraw-Hill},
|
|---|
| 3436 | series = {Electrical Engineering and Computer Science Series},
|
|---|
| 3437 | year = 1992,
|
|---|
| 3438 | }
|
|---|
| 3439 |
|
|---|
| 3440 | @book{Hopcroft79,
|
|---|
| 3441 | keywords = {finite-state machine, push-dowm automata},
|
|---|
| 3442 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3443 | author = {John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman},
|
|---|
| 3444 | title = {Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and Computation},
|
|---|
| 3445 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 3446 | year = 1979,
|
|---|
| 3447 | }
|
|---|
| 3448 |
|
|---|
| 3449 | @techreport{walker87,
|
|---|
| 3450 | keywords = {CCS},
|
|---|
| 3451 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 3452 | author = {David Walker},
|
|---|
| 3453 | title = {Introduction to a Calculus of Communicating Systems},
|
|---|
| 3454 | institution = {Laboratory for Foundations of Computer Science},
|
|---|
| 3455 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 3456 | address = {Department of Computer Science, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ},
|
|---|
| 3457 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 3458 | number = {ECS-LFCS-87-22},
|
|---|
| 3459 | }
|
|---|
| 3460 |
|
|---|
| 3461 | @article{katzenelson83a,
|
|---|
| 3462 | author = {Jacob Katzenelson},
|
|---|
| 3463 | title = {Introduction to Enhanced C (EC)},
|
|---|
| 3464 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 3465 | volume = 13,
|
|---|
| 3466 | number = 7,
|
|---|
| 3467 | year = 1983,
|
|---|
| 3468 | month = jul,
|
|---|
| 3469 | pages = {551-576},
|
|---|
| 3470 | }
|
|---|
| 3471 |
|
|---|
| 3472 | @book{Deitel90,
|
|---|
| 3473 | keywords = {concurrency, operating systems},
|
|---|
| 3474 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3475 | author = {Harvey M. Deitel},
|
|---|
| 3476 | title = {An Introduction to Operating Systems},
|
|---|
| 3477 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 3478 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 3479 | edition = {second},
|
|---|
| 3480 | }
|
|---|
| 3481 |
|
|---|
| 3482 | @techreport{Birrell89,
|
|---|
| 3483 | keywords = {threads, monitors},
|
|---|
| 3484 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3485 | author = {Andrew D. Birrell},
|
|---|
| 3486 | title = {An Introduction to Programming with Threads},
|
|---|
| 3487 | institution = {Digital Systems Research Center},
|
|---|
| 3488 | address = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, California, 94301},
|
|---|
| 3489 | number = {35},
|
|---|
| 3490 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 3491 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 3492 | note = {{\textsf{http://www.hpl.hp.com/\-techreports/\-Compaq-DEC/\-SRC-RR-35.html}}},
|
|---|
| 3493 |
|
|---|
| 3494 | }
|
|---|
| 3495 |
|
|---|
| 3496 | @article{t/o,
|
|---|
| 3497 | keywords = {Trellis/Owl},
|
|---|
| 3498 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 3499 | author = {Craig Schaffert and Topher Cooper and Bruce Bullis and Mike Kilian and Carrie Wilpot},
|
|---|
| 3500 | title = {An Introduction to Trellis/Owl},
|
|---|
| 3501 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 3502 | volume = 21,
|
|---|
| 3503 | number = 11,
|
|---|
| 3504 | year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 3505 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 3506 | pages = {9-16},
|
|---|
| 3507 | }
|
|---|
| 3508 |
|
|---|
| 3509 | @inproceedings{Hibbard77,
|
|---|
| 3510 | keywords = {algol-68, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 3511 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3512 | author = {Peter G. Hibbard and P. Knueven and B. W. Leverett},
|
|---|
| 3513 | title = {Issues in the Efficient Implementation and Use of Multiprocessing in {Algol} 68},
|
|---|
| 3514 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the 5th Annual iii Conference},
|
|---|
| 3515 | address = {Guidel, France},
|
|---|
| 3516 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 3517 | year = 1977,
|
|---|
| 3518 | pages = {203-221}
|
|---|
| 3519 | }
|
|---|
| 3520 |
|
|---|
| 3521 | @inproceedings{Miller97,
|
|---|
| 3522 | keywords = {exception handling, software-engineering},
|
|---|
| 3523 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3524 | author = {Robert Miller and Anand Tripathi},
|
|---|
| 3525 | title = {Issues with Exception Hnadling in Object-Oriented Systems},
|
|---|
| 3526 | booktitle = {ECOOP'97},
|
|---|
| 3527 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 3528 | volume = 1241,
|
|---|
| 3529 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
|
|---|
| 3530 | year = 1997,
|
|---|
| 3531 | pages = {85-103}
|
|---|
| 3532 | }
|
|---|
| 3533 |
|
|---|
| 3534 | @article{Murer96,
|
|---|
| 3535 | keywords = {interators, generators, cursors},
|
|---|
| 3536 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3537 | author = {Stephan Murer and Stephen Omohundro and David Stoutamire and Clemens Szyperski},
|
|---|
| 3538 | title = {Iteration Abstraction in Sather},
|
|---|
| 3539 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 3540 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 3541 | year = 1996,
|
|---|
| 3542 | volume = 18,
|
|---|
| 3543 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 3544 | pages = {1-15},
|
|---|
| 3545 | }
|
|---|
| 3546 |
|
|---|
| 3547 | % J
|
|---|
| 3548 |
|
|---|
| 3549 | @book{Java,
|
|---|
| 3550 | keywords = {Java},
|
|---|
| 3551 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3552 | author = {James Gosling and Bill Joy and Guy Steele and Gilad Bracha},
|
|---|
| 3553 | title = {The {Java} Language Specification},
|
|---|
| 3554 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 3555 | year = 2000,
|
|---|
| 3556 | edition = {second},
|
|---|
| 3557 | }
|
|---|
| 3558 |
|
|---|
| 3559 | @manual{Java8,
|
|---|
| 3560 | keywords = {Java SE 8},
|
|---|
| 3561 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3562 | author = {James Gosling and Bill Joy and Guy Steele and Gilad Bracha and Alex Buckley},
|
|---|
| 3563 | title = {The {Java} Language Specification},
|
|---|
| 3564 | publisher = {Oracle},
|
|---|
| 3565 | year = 2015,
|
|---|
| 3566 | edition = {Java SE 8},
|
|---|
| 3567 | }
|
|---|
| 3568 |
|
|---|
| 3569 | @manual{JUC,
|
|---|
| 3570 | keywords = {Java concurrency library},
|
|---|
| 3571 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3572 | title = {java.util.concurrency},
|
|---|
| 3573 | author = {Doug Lea},
|
|---|
| 3574 | organization= {Oracle},
|
|---|
| 3575 | year = 2014,
|
|---|
| 3576 | note = {\href{http://docs.oracle.com/javase/7/docs/api/java/util/concurrent/package-summary.html}{\textsf{http://docs.oracle.com/\-javase/7/\-docs/\-api/\-java/\-util/\-concurrent/\-package-summary.html}}},
|
|---|
| 3577 | }
|
|---|
| 3578 |
|
|---|
| 3579 | % K
|
|---|
| 3580 |
|
|---|
| 3581 | @article{Duggan96,
|
|---|
| 3582 | keywords = {concurrency, critical section},
|
|---|
| 3583 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3584 | author = {Dominic Duggan and Gordon V. Cormack and John Ophel},
|
|---|
| 3585 | title = {Kinded Type Inference for Parametric Overloading},
|
|---|
| 3586 | journal = acta,
|
|---|
| 3587 | volume = 33,
|
|---|
| 3588 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 3589 | year = 1996,
|
|---|
| 3590 | pages = {21-68},
|
|---|
| 3591 | }
|
|---|
| 3592 |
|
|---|
| 3593 | @article{Peter35,
|
|---|
| 3594 | keywords = {recursion, Ackermann function},
|
|---|
| 3595 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3596 | author = {R{\'{o}}zsa P{\'{e}}ter},
|
|---|
| 3597 | title = {Konstruktion nichtrekursiver Funktionen},
|
|---|
| 3598 | publisher = {Springer},
|
|---|
| 3599 | journal = {Mathematische Annalen},
|
|---|
| 3600 | number = 111,
|
|---|
| 3601 | volume = 1,
|
|---|
| 3602 | pages = {42-60},
|
|---|
| 3603 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 3604 | year = 1935,
|
|---|
| 3605 | }
|
|---|
| 3606 |
|
|---|
| 3607 | % L
|
|---|
| 3608 |
|
|---|
| 3609 | @TechReport{WVWR88:L,
|
|---|
| 3610 | contributer = {gjditchf@plg},
|
|---|
| 3611 | author = {Hanno Wupper and Jan Vytopil and Martin Wieczorek and Dick de Reus},
|
|---|
| 3612 | title = {{L}_{3333}: A Simple Language with Static Typing of Hard Real-Time Constraints},
|
|---|
| 3613 | institution = {Department of Informatics, Faculty of Science, Catholic University Nijmegen},
|
|---|
| 3614 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 3615 | number = {88-3},
|
|---|
| 3616 | address = {Katholieke Universiteit Nijmegen, Fakulteit der Wiskunde
|
|---|
| 3617 | en Natuurwetenschappen, Infomatica V, Toernooiveld, 6512
|
|---|
| 3618 | ED Nijmegen, The Netherlands},
|
|---|
| 3619 | month = apr,
|
|---|
| 3620 | annote = {A polymorphic typed lambda calculus with \begin{itemize}
|
|---|
| 3621 | \item A trivial type, ``!'', with a single element.
|
|---|
| 3622 | \item Labelled types, distinct from each other.
|
|---|
| 3623 | ``!False'' and ``!True'' are distinct types, each
|
|---|
| 3624 | containing a single value serving as boolean false and
|
|---|
| 3625 | true. ``2'' is an abbreviation for ``!0 succ succ'', the
|
|---|
| 3626 | type containing only 2.
|
|---|
| 3627 | \item Disjunction types ``\{| !False, !True |\}''. Interval
|
|---|
| 3628 | types are abbreviations for disjunctions.
|
|---|
| 3629 | \item Conjunction types ``\{\& real Re, real Im \&\}'', where
|
|---|
| 3630 | ``Re'' and ``Im'' are type labels that distinguish between the
|
|---|
| 3631 | fields.
|
|---|
| 3632 | \item Pair types ``\{^ a, b ^\}'', for use in recursive types
|
|---|
| 3633 | and dyadic infix functions.
|
|---|
| 3634 | \item Function types, universal types, existential types,
|
|---|
| 3635 | and subtyping (viewed as coercion), as in Fun.
|
|---|
| 3636 | \end{itemize}
|
|---|
| 3637 | Disjunctions and conjunctions types are associative and
|
|---|
| 3638 | commutative (i.e. flat). Each type has a matching
|
|---|
| 3639 | constructor. Functions use pattern matching on type
|
|---|
| 3640 | labels to strip labels and extract conjunction fields:
|
|---|
| 3641 | \begin{verbatim}
|
|---|
| 3642 | \lambda n {0...1000000 Guilders}. ... n ...
|
|---|
| 3643 | -- both argument and n are amounts in Guilders.
|
|---|
| 3644 | \lambda n {0...1000000} Guilders. ... n ...
|
|---|
| 3645 | -- argument in Guilders, but n is in 0...1000000.
|
|---|
| 3646 | \end{verbatim}
|
|---|
| 3647 | ``Function bundles'' (conjunctions of functions), applied
|
|---|
| 3648 | to arguments, replace Dijkstra's guarded if...fi, but the
|
|---|
| 3649 | bundles are first-class and the guards are part of their
|
|---|
| 3650 | type.
|
|---|
| 3651 |
|
|---|
| 3652 | The same trick used to define the type ``2'' is used to
|
|---|
| 3653 | move absolute times into the type system, to allow static
|
|---|
| 3654 | checking. ``0`'' denotes a time before the system begins
|
|---|
| 3655 | execution. ``\#`'' denotes ``eventually'', and ``?`''
|
|---|
| 3656 | denotes ``maybe never''. ``a\\t'' and ``a@t'' are types
|
|---|
| 3657 | of a value of type a that will be available no later
|
|---|
| 3658 | (earlier) than time t. Universals and existentials use
|
|---|
| 3659 | subtyping to parameterize functions by start time:
|
|---|
| 3660 | \begin{verbatim}
|
|---|
| 3661 | let f {\forall t > \#`}. {a\t} \on {b\t+d}
|
|---|
| 3662 | f{then} y -- argument y must be available at time ``then''.
|
|---|
| 3663 | \end{verbatim}
|
|---|
| 3664 | Functions can return before their arguments are available
|
|---|
| 3665 | if they don't use them. However, function {\em bundles}
|
|---|
| 3666 | can't return until their result type is known, so the
|
|---|
| 3667 | lower and upper time bounds of the bundle are the
|
|---|
| 3668 | second-last upper bound of the component functions: at
|
|---|
| 3669 | that time, there is only one alternative left.
|
|---|
| 3670 |
|
|---|
| 3671 | Explicit time parameterization allows slack in time
|
|---|
| 3672 | specification. Tools could point out slack or determine
|
|---|
| 3673 | degree of parallelism.}
|
|---|
| 3674 | }
|
|---|
| 3675 |
|
|---|
| 3676 | @mastersthesis{Clarke90,
|
|---|
| 3677 | keywords = {concurrency, postponing requests},
|
|---|
| 3678 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3679 | author = {Charles L. A. Clarke},
|
|---|
| 3680 | title = {Language and Compiler Support for Synchronous Message Passing Architectures},
|
|---|
| 3681 | school = {University of Waterloo},
|
|---|
| 3682 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 3683 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1}
|
|---|
| 3684 | }
|
|---|
| 3685 |
|
|---|
| 3686 | @article{Tennent77,
|
|---|
| 3687 | keywords = {abstraction, correspondence, Pascal},
|
|---|
| 3688 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 3689 | author = {R. D. Tennent},
|
|---|
| 3690 | title = {Language Design Methods Based on Semantic Principles},
|
|---|
| 3691 | journal = acta,
|
|---|
| 3692 | year = 1977,
|
|---|
| 3693 | volume = 8,
|
|---|
| 3694 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 3695 | pages = {97-112},
|
|---|
| 3696 | note = {reprinted in \cite{pldesign}},
|
|---|
| 3697 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 3698 | Two language design methods based on principles derived from the
|
|---|
| 3699 | denotational approach to programming language semantics are
|
|---|
| 3700 | described and illustrated by an application to the language Pascal.
|
|---|
| 3701 | The principles are, firstly, the correspondence between parametric
|
|---|
| 3702 | and declarative mechanisms and secondly, a principle of abstraction
|
|---|
| 3703 | for programming languages adapted from set theory. Several useful
|
|---|
| 3704 | extensions and generalizations of Pascal emerge by applying these
|
|---|
| 3705 | principles, including a solution to the array parameter problem,
|
|---|
| 3706 | and a modularization facility.
|
|---|
| 3707 | },
|
|---|
| 3708 | }
|
|---|
| 3709 |
|
|---|
| 3710 | @article{Liskov86,
|
|---|
| 3711 | keywords = {synchronous communication, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 3712 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3713 | author = {Barbara Liskov and Maurice Kerlihy and Lucy Gilbert},
|
|---|
| 3714 | title = {Limitations of Synchronous Communication with Static
|
|---|
| 3715 | Process Structure in Languages for Distributed Computing},
|
|---|
| 3716 | journal = {},
|
|---|
| 3717 | volume = {},
|
|---|
| 3718 | number = {},
|
|---|
| 3719 | month = {},
|
|---|
| 3720 | year = {},
|
|---|
| 3721 | pages = {},
|
|---|
| 3722 | }
|
|---|
| 3723 |
|
|---|
| 3724 | @article{Linda,
|
|---|
| 3725 | keywords = {Linda, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 3726 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3727 | author = {Nicholas Carriero and David Gelernter},
|
|---|
| 3728 | title = {Linda in Context},
|
|---|
| 3729 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 3730 | volume = 32,
|
|---|
| 3731 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 3732 | month = apr,
|
|---|
| 3733 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 3734 | pages = {444-458}
|
|---|
| 3735 | }
|
|---|
| 3736 |
|
|---|
| 3737 | @book{Weissman67,
|
|---|
| 3738 | keywords = {lisp},
|
|---|
| 3739 | author = {Clark Weissman},
|
|---|
| 3740 | title = {Lisp 1.5 Primer},
|
|---|
| 3741 | publisher = {Dickenson Publishing},
|
|---|
| 3742 | year = 1967,
|
|---|
| 3743 | }
|
|---|
| 3744 |
|
|---|
| 3745 | @article{Sundell08,
|
|---|
| 3746 | keywords = {lock free, deque},
|
|---|
| 3747 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3748 | author = {H{\r{a}}kan Sundell and Philippas Tsigas},
|
|---|
| 3749 | title = {Lock-free Deques and Doubly Linked Lists},
|
|---|
| 3750 | journal = {J. Parallel Distrib. Comput.},
|
|---|
| 3751 | volume = 68,
|
|---|
| 3752 | number = 7,
|
|---|
| 3753 | year = 2008,
|
|---|
| 3754 | pages = {1008-1020},
|
|---|
| 3755 | }
|
|---|
| 3756 |
|
|---|
| 3757 | @article{Cormack89,
|
|---|
| 3758 | keywords = {parsing, LR, error recovery},
|
|---|
| 3759 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3760 | author = {Gordon V. Cormack},
|
|---|
| 3761 | title = {An {LR} Substring Parser for Noncorrecting Syntax Error Recovery},
|
|---|
| 3762 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 3763 | volume = 24,
|
|---|
| 3764 | number = 7,
|
|---|
| 3765 | month = jul,
|
|---|
| 3766 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 3767 | pages = {161-169},
|
|---|
| 3768 | note = {Proceedings of the {SIGPLAN}~'89 Conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation}
|
|---|
| 3769 | }
|
|---|
| 3770 |
|
|---|
| 3771 | % M
|
|---|
| 3772 |
|
|---|
| 3773 | @book{M68K,
|
|---|
| 3774 | keywords = {M680XX, Motorola},
|
|---|
| 3775 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3776 | key = {Motorola},
|
|---|
| 3777 | title = {M68000 Family Programmer's Reference Manual},
|
|---|
| 3778 | publisher = {Motorola},
|
|---|
| 3779 | year = 1992,
|
|---|
| 3780 | }
|
|---|
| 3781 |
|
|---|
| 3782 | @article{c++libs,
|
|---|
| 3783 | keywords = {directory structure},
|
|---|
| 3784 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 3785 | author = {J. M. Coggins and G. Bollella},
|
|---|
| 3786 | title = {Managing {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Libraries},
|
|---|
| 3787 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 3788 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 3789 | month = jun, volume = 24, number = 6, pages = {37-48},
|
|---|
| 3790 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 3791 | This paper describes a scheme we have used to manage a large
|
|---|
| 3792 | library written in the C++ language. The scheme imposes a
|
|---|
| 3793 | directory structure, and represents dependency hierarchy in a
|
|---|
| 3794 | globally accessible file we call the 'prelude' file. We also
|
|---|
| 3795 | discuss the structure of the description files (makefiles) used
|
|---|
| 3796 | with the UNIX options we have found to be useful in reducing the
|
|---|
| 3797 | size of the library, and how to minimize recompilation time after
|
|---|
| 3798 | trivial changes to the source code of the library.
|
|---|
| 3799 | }
|
|---|
| 3800 | }
|
|---|
| 3801 |
|
|---|
| 3802 | @inproceedings{mprof,
|
|---|
| 3803 | keywords = {malloc},
|
|---|
| 3804 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 3805 | author = {Benjamin Zorn and Paul Hilfinger},
|
|---|
| 3806 | title = {A Memory Allocation Profiler for {C} and Lisp Programs},
|
|---|
| 3807 | booktitle = {Summer 1988 {USENIX} proceedings},
|
|---|
| 3808 | year = 1988
|
|---|
| 3809 | }
|
|---|
| 3810 |
|
|---|
| 3811 | @manual{MMTk,
|
|---|
| 3812 | keywords = {Java memory management},
|
|---|
| 3813 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3814 | title = {MMTk: The Memory Management Toolkit},
|
|---|
| 3815 | author = {Steve Blackburn and Robin Garner and Daniel Frampton},
|
|---|
| 3816 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 3817 | year = 2006,
|
|---|
| 3818 | note = {\textsf{http://cs.anu.edu.au/\-\char`\~Robin.Garner/\-mmtk-guide.pdf}},
|
|---|
| 3819 | }
|
|---|
| 3820 |
|
|---|
| 3821 | @article{Adve10,
|
|---|
| 3822 | keywords = {Java memory management},
|
|---|
| 3823 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3824 | author = {Sarita V. Adve and Hans-J. Boehm},
|
|---|
| 3825 | title = {Memory Models: A Case for Rethinking Parallel Languages and Hardware},
|
|---|
| 3826 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 3827 | volume = 53,
|
|---|
| 3828 | number = 8,
|
|---|
| 3829 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 3830 | year = 2010,
|
|---|
| 3831 | pages = {90-101},
|
|---|
| 3832 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 3833 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 3834 | }
|
|---|
| 3835 | @techreport{Mesa,
|
|---|
| 3836 | keywords = {monitors, packages},
|
|---|
| 3837 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3838 | author = {James G. Mitchell and William Maybury and Richard Sweet},
|
|---|
| 3839 | title = {Mesa Language Manual},
|
|---|
| 3840 | institution = {Xerox Palo Alto Research Center},
|
|---|
| 3841 | number = {CSL--79--3},
|
|---|
| 3842 | month = apr,
|
|---|
| 3843 | year = 1979
|
|---|
| 3844 | }
|
|---|
| 3845 |
|
|---|
| 3846 | @article{Andrews89,
|
|---|
| 3847 | keywords = {semaphore, split-binary, baton},
|
|---|
| 3848 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3849 | author = {Gregory R. Andrews},
|
|---|
| 3850 | title = {A Method for Solving Synronization Problems},
|
|---|
| 3851 | journal = scp,
|
|---|
| 3852 | volume = 13,
|
|---|
| 3853 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 3854 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 3855 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 3856 | pages = {1-21},
|
|---|
| 3857 | }
|
|---|
| 3858 |
|
|---|
| 3859 | @inproceedings{Mitchell78,
|
|---|
| 3860 | keywords = {Mesa},
|
|---|
| 3861 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3862 | author = {James G. Mitchell},
|
|---|
| 3863 | title = {Mesa: A Designer's User Perspective},
|
|---|
| 3864 | booktitle = {Spring CompCom 78},
|
|---|
| 3865 | organization= {Sixteenth IEEE Computer Society International Conference},
|
|---|
| 3866 | address = {San Francisco, California, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 3867 | month = feb,
|
|---|
| 3868 | year = 1978,
|
|---|
| 3869 | pages = {36-39},
|
|---|
| 3870 | note = {IEEE Catalog No. 78CH1328-4C},
|
|---|
| 3871 | }
|
|---|
| 3872 |
|
|---|
| 3873 | @article{Gentleman81,
|
|---|
| 3874 | keywords = {messages, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 3875 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3876 | author = {W. Morven Gentleman},
|
|---|
| 3877 | title = {Message Passing between Sequential Processes:
|
|---|
| 3878 | the Reply Primitive and the Administrator Concept},
|
|---|
| 3879 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 3880 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 3881 | year = 1981,
|
|---|
| 3882 | volume = 11,
|
|---|
| 3883 | number = 5,
|
|---|
| 3884 | pages = {435-466}
|
|---|
| 3885 | }
|
|---|
| 3886 |
|
|---|
| 3887 | @article{Cormack88,
|
|---|
| 3888 | keywords = {concurrency},
|
|---|
| 3889 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3890 | author = {G. V. Cormack},
|
|---|
| 3891 | title = {A Micro Kernel for Concurrency in C},
|
|---|
| 3892 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 3893 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 3894 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 3895 | volume = 18,
|
|---|
| 3896 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 3897 | pages = {485-491}
|
|---|
| 3898 | }
|
|---|
| 3899 |
|
|---|
| 3900 | @article{Buhr90a,
|
|---|
| 3901 | keywords = {concurrency, light-weight process, shared memory},
|
|---|
| 3902 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3903 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Richard A. Stroobosscher},
|
|---|
| 3904 | title = {The $\mu${S}ystem: Providing Light-Weight Concurrency on Shared-Memory Multiprocessor Computers Running {UNIX}},
|
|---|
| 3905 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 3906 | volume = 20,
|
|---|
| 3907 | number = 9,
|
|---|
| 3908 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 3909 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 3910 | pages = {929-963},
|
|---|
| 3911 | }
|
|---|
| 3912 |
|
|---|
| 3913 | @techreport{uSystem,
|
|---|
| 3914 | keywords = {C, concurrency, light-weight process, shared memory},
|
|---|
| 3915 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3916 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Hamish I. Macdonald and Richard A. Stroobosscher},
|
|---|
| 3917 | title = {$\mu${S}ystem Annotated Reference Manual, Version 4.4.3},
|
|---|
| 3918 | institution = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
|
|---|
| 3919 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
|
|---|
| 3920 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 3921 | year = 1994,
|
|---|
| 3922 | note = {{\small\textsf{ftp://\-plg.uwaterloo.ca/\-pub/\-uSystem/\-uSystem.ps.gz}}},
|
|---|
| 3923 | }
|
|---|
| 3924 |
|
|---|
| 3925 | @book{Mips4000,
|
|---|
| 3926 | key = {Mips4000},
|
|---|
| 3927 | title = {MIPS R4000 Microprocessor User's Manual},
|
|---|
| 3928 | publisher = {MIPS Computer Systems Inc},
|
|---|
| 3929 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 3930 | }
|
|---|
| 3931 |
|
|---|
| 3932 | @inproceedings{Mjolner,
|
|---|
| 3933 | keywords = {Mjolner, hierarchical windows},
|
|---|
| 3934 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3935 | author = {G\"{o}rel Hedin and Boris Magnusson},
|
|---|
| 3936 | title = {The Mj{\o}lner Environment: Direct Interaction with Abstractions},
|
|---|
| 3937 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the European Conference on Object Oriented Programming},
|
|---|
| 3938 | organization= {ECOOP'88},
|
|---|
| 3939 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 3940 | volume = 322,
|
|---|
| 3941 | editor = {S. Gjessing and K. Nygaard},
|
|---|
| 3942 | address = {Oslo, Norway},
|
|---|
| 3943 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 3944 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 3945 | pages = {41-54},
|
|---|
| 3946 | note = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science, Ed. by G. Goos and J. Hartmanis},
|
|---|
| 3947 | }
|
|---|
| 3948 |
|
|---|
| 3949 | @article{Skillicorn98,
|
|---|
| 3950 | keywords = {parallel models},
|
|---|
| 3951 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3952 | author = {David B. Skillicorn and Domenico Talia},
|
|---|
| 3953 | title = {Models and Languages for Parallel Computation},
|
|---|
| 3954 | journal = acmcs,
|
|---|
| 3955 | volume = 30,
|
|---|
| 3956 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 3957 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 3958 | year = 1998,
|
|---|
| 3959 | pages = {123-169},
|
|---|
| 3960 | }
|
|---|
| 3961 |
|
|---|
| 3962 | @article{Werther96,
|
|---|
| 3963 | keywords = {C++, language syntax},
|
|---|
| 3964 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3965 | author = {Ben Werther and Damian Conway},
|
|---|
| 3966 | title = {A Modest Proposal: {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Resyntaxed},
|
|---|
| 3967 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 3968 | volume = 31,
|
|---|
| 3969 | number = 11,
|
|---|
| 3970 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 3971 | year = 1996,
|
|---|
| 3972 | pages = {74-82},
|
|---|
| 3973 | }
|
|---|
| 3974 |
|
|---|
| 3975 | @book{Alexandrescu01,
|
|---|
| 3976 | keywords = {c design-patterns programming},
|
|---|
| 3977 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3978 | author = {Andrei Alexandrescu},
|
|---|
| 3979 | title = {Modern C++ Design: Generic Programming and Design Patterns Applied},
|
|---|
| 3980 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley Professional},
|
|---|
| 3981 | month = feb,
|
|---|
| 3982 | year = 2001,
|
|---|
| 3983 | isbn = {0201704315},
|
|---|
| 3984 | }
|
|---|
| 3985 |
|
|---|
| 3986 | @book{Tanenbaum92,
|
|---|
| 3987 | keywords = {concurrency, operating systems},
|
|---|
| 3988 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 3989 | author = {Andrew S. Tanenbaum},
|
|---|
| 3990 | title = {Modern Operating Systems},
|
|---|
| 3991 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall},
|
|---|
| 3992 | year = 1992,
|
|---|
| 3993 | }
|
|---|
| 3994 |
|
|---|
| 3995 | @article{Wirth77,
|
|---|
| 3996 | keywords = {modules, coroutines},
|
|---|
| 3997 | contributer = {pabuhr},
|
|---|
| 3998 | author = {Niklaus Wirth},
|
|---|
| 3999 | title = {Modula: a Language for Modular Multiprogramming},
|
|---|
| 4000 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 4001 | month = {January--February},
|
|---|
| 4002 | year = 1977,
|
|---|
| 4003 | volume = 7,
|
|---|
| 4004 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 4005 | pages = {3-35},
|
|---|
| 4006 | }
|
|---|
| 4007 |
|
|---|
| 4008 | @book{Harbison92,
|
|---|
| 4009 | contributer = {mhcoffin},
|
|---|
| 4010 | author = {Samuel P. Harbison},
|
|---|
| 4011 | title = {Modula-3},
|
|---|
| 4012 | publisher = {Prentise Hall, Inc.},
|
|---|
| 4013 | year = {1992},
|
|---|
| 4014 | comment = {This is a textbook for learning Modula-3.}
|
|---|
| 4015 | }
|
|---|
| 4016 |
|
|---|
| 4017 | @techreport{Modula-3:old,
|
|---|
| 4018 | keywords = {Modula-3, inheritance, type extension},
|
|---|
| 4019 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4020 | author = {Luca Cardelli and James Donahue and Lucille Glassman and Mick
|
|---|
| 4021 | Jordan and Bill Kalsow and Greg Nelson},
|
|---|
| 4022 | title = {Modula-3 Report},
|
|---|
| 4023 | institution = {Systems Research Center},
|
|---|
| 4024 | address = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94301},
|
|---|
| 4025 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 4026 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 4027 | number = 31
|
|---|
| 4028 | }
|
|---|
| 4029 |
|
|---|
| 4030 | @article{Dueck90,
|
|---|
| 4031 | keywords = {attribute grammars},
|
|---|
| 4032 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4033 | author = {Gerald D. P. Dueck and Gordon V. Cormack},
|
|---|
| 4034 | title = {Modular Attribute Grammars},
|
|---|
| 4035 | journal = {The Computer Journal},
|
|---|
| 4036 | month = apr,
|
|---|
| 4037 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 4038 | volume = 33,
|
|---|
| 4039 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 4040 | pages = {164-172},
|
|---|
| 4041 | }
|
|---|
| 4042 |
|
|---|
| 4043 | @article{Yemini85,
|
|---|
| 4044 | keywords = {exception handling},
|
|---|
| 4045 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4046 | author = {Shaula Yemini and Daniel M. Berry},
|
|---|
| 4047 | title = {A Modular Verifiable Exception-Handling Mechanism},
|
|---|
| 4048 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 4049 | month = apr,
|
|---|
| 4050 | year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 4051 | volume = 7,
|
|---|
| 4052 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 4053 | pages = {214-243},
|
|---|
| 4054 | }
|
|---|
| 4055 |
|
|---|
| 4056 | @article{Buhr95b,
|
|---|
| 4057 | keywords = {concurrency, monitors, classification},
|
|---|
| 4058 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4059 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Michel Fortier and Michael H. Coffin},
|
|---|
| 4060 | title = {Monitor Classification},
|
|---|
| 4061 | journal = acmcs,
|
|---|
| 4062 | volume = 27,
|
|---|
| 4063 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 4064 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 4065 | year = 1995,
|
|---|
| 4066 | pages = {63-107},
|
|---|
| 4067 | }
|
|---|
| 4068 |
|
|---|
| 4069 | @article{Hoare74,
|
|---|
| 4070 | keywords = {monitor},
|
|---|
| 4071 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4072 | author = {C. A. R. Hoare},
|
|---|
| 4073 | title = {Monitors: An Operating System Structuring Concept},
|
|---|
| 4074 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 4075 | volume = 17,
|
|---|
| 4076 | number = 10,
|
|---|
| 4077 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 4078 | year = 1974,
|
|---|
| 4079 | pages = {549-557},
|
|---|
| 4080 | annote = {
|
|---|
| 4081 | }
|
|---|
| 4082 | }
|
|---|
| 4083 |
|
|---|
| 4084 | @inbook{Buhr99a,
|
|---|
| 4085 | keywords = {concurrency, monitors, classification},
|
|---|
| 4086 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4087 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Michel Fortier and Michael H. Coffin},
|
|---|
| 4088 | title = {Encyclopedia of Computer Science and Technology},
|
|---|
| 4089 | chapter = {Monitor Taxonomy},
|
|---|
| 4090 | publisher = {Marcel Dekker, Inc},
|
|---|
| 4091 | volume = {40, supplement 25},
|
|---|
| 4092 | year = 1999,
|
|---|
| 4093 | pages = {191-212},
|
|---|
| 4094 | }
|
|---|
| 4095 | % editor = {Allen Kent and James G. Williams},
|
|---|
| 4096 |
|
|---|
| 4097 | @manual{MPI,
|
|---|
| 4098 | keywords = {MPI},
|
|---|
| 4099 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4100 | title = {MPI: A Message-Passing Interface Standard, Version 3.1},
|
|---|
| 4101 | organization= {Message Passing Interface Forum},
|
|---|
| 4102 | address = {University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee},
|
|---|
| 4103 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 4104 | year = 2015,
|
|---|
| 4105 | note = {\href{http://www.mpi-forum.org/docs/mpi-3.1/mpi31-report.pdf}{\textsf{http://www.mpi-forum.org/\-docs/\-mpi-3.1/\-mpi31-report.pdf}}},
|
|---|
| 4106 | }
|
|---|
| 4107 |
|
|---|
| 4108 | @article{multilisp,
|
|---|
| 4109 | keywords = {futures, scheme},
|
|---|
| 4110 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4111 | author = {Halstead, Jr.,Robert H.},
|
|---|
| 4112 | title = {Multilisp: A Language for Concurrent Symbolic Programming},
|
|---|
| 4113 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 4114 | volume = 7,
|
|---|
| 4115 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 4116 | pages = {501-538},
|
|---|
| 4117 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 4118 | year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 4119 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 4120 | (future E) begins evaluating the expression E, and
|
|---|
| 4121 | returns a ``future'' representing the value. When evaluation is
|
|---|
| 4122 | finished, the value of E replaces the future. Operations that need
|
|---|
| 4123 | the future's value suspend until it is available. Assignment and
|
|---|
| 4124 | parameter passing do not suspend. Future introduces concurrency
|
|---|
| 4125 | between the calculation of a value and its use; reference to
|
|---|
| 4126 | futures is a synchronization mechanism.
|
|---|
| 4127 |
|
|---|
| 4128 | (pcall F A B ... C) concurrently evaluates F, A, B, ... C, and then
|
|---|
| 4129 | applies F to the arguments. pcall can be built from future and a
|
|---|
| 4130 | ``touch'' operation. pcall is included because it may not be easy
|
|---|
| 4131 | to determine that there are no critical sections between the future
|
|---|
| 4132 | expression and the code between the future call and the value's
|
|---|
| 4133 | first use.
|
|---|
| 4134 |
|
|---|
| 4135 | (delay E) is like future, but E's process does not begin until its
|
|---|
| 4136 | value is needed. It provides lazy evaluation. Replacing delay
|
|---|
| 4137 | with future would launch an infinite number of processes.
|
|---|
| 4138 | }
|
|---|
| 4139 | }
|
|---|
| 4140 |
|
|---|
| 4141 | @techreport{Bretthauer89,
|
|---|
| 4142 | keywords = {multiple inheritance},
|
|---|
| 4143 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4144 | author = {Harry Bretthauer and Thomas Christaller and J\"{u}rgen Kopp},
|
|---|
| 4145 | title = {Multiple vs. Single Inheritance in Object-oriented Programming Languages. What do we really want?},
|
|---|
| 4146 | institution = {Gesellschaft F\"{u}r Mathematik und Datenverarbeitung mbH},
|
|---|
| 4147 | address = {Schlo$\beta$ Birlinghoven, Postfach 12 40, D-5205 Sankt Augustin 1, Deutschland},
|
|---|
| 4148 | number = {Arbeitspapiere der GMD 415},
|
|---|
| 4149 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 4150 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 4151 | }
|
|---|
| 4152 |
|
|---|
| 4153 | @inproceedings{c++:multinh,
|
|---|
| 4154 | keywords = {C++, multiple inheritance, implementation},
|
|---|
| 4155 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4156 | author = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
|
|---|
| 4157 | title = {Multiple Inheritance for {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 4158 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the Spring '87 EUUG Conference},
|
|---|
| 4159 | month = may, year = 1987
|
|---|
| 4160 | }
|
|---|
| 4161 |
|
|---|
| 4162 | @inproceedings{st:mult,
|
|---|
| 4163 | keywords = {smalltalk, multiple inheritance, implementation},
|
|---|
| 4164 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4165 | author = {Daniel H. H. Ingalls and A. H. Borning},
|
|---|
| 4166 | title = {Multiple Inheritance in Smalltalk-80},
|
|---|
| 4167 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the National Conference on Artificial Intelligence},
|
|---|
| 4168 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 4169 | year = 1982,
|
|---|
| 4170 | pages = {234-238},
|
|---|
| 4171 | organization= {American Association for Artificial Intelligence},
|
|---|
| 4172 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 4173 | Methods are looked up in the current class, the superclasses, the
|
|---|
| 4174 | supersuperclasses, etc. The same method can be inherited
|
|---|
| 4175 | repeatedly, but having different methods for the same message is an
|
|---|
| 4176 | error. Only one copy is made for multiply-inherited fields.
|
|---|
| 4177 |
|
|---|
| 4178 | {\tt X.m} is the method m in superclass X. {\tt super.m} is
|
|---|
| 4179 | allowed if there is no ambiguity; {\tt self super.m} replaces {\tt
|
|---|
| 4180 | super m}. {\tt all.m} invokes all inherited versions of m.
|
|---|
| 4181 |
|
|---|
| 4182 | Methods on the first-superclass chain are found as usual. Methods
|
|---|
| 4183 | from other superclasses are copied into the class dictionary. An
|
|---|
| 4184 | error method is created if inherited methods conflict. The parser
|
|---|
| 4185 | is changed to allow compound selectors. {\tt Object
|
|---|
| 4186 | messageNotUnderstood} is changed to look for compound selectors and
|
|---|
| 4187 | dynamically add a method with the right name and body to the class.
|
|---|
| 4188 | When methods are edited, they are copied into subclasses and
|
|---|
| 4189 | compound selector versions are deleted, as appropriate.
|
|---|
| 4190 | }
|
|---|
| 4191 | }
|
|---|
| 4192 |
|
|---|
| 4193 | @article{Lamport86I,
|
|---|
| 4194 | keywords = {software solutions, N-thread, mutual exclusions},
|
|---|
| 4195 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4196 | author = {Leslie Lamport},
|
|---|
| 4197 | title = {The Mutual Exclusion Problem: Part\,{I}--A Theory of Interprocess Communication},
|
|---|
| 4198 | journal = jacm,
|
|---|
| 4199 | volume = 33,
|
|---|
| 4200 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 4201 | month = apr,
|
|---|
| 4202 | year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 4203 | pages = {313--326},
|
|---|
| 4204 | numpages = {14},
|
|---|
| 4205 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 4206 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 4207 | }
|
|---|
| 4208 |
|
|---|
| 4209 | @article{Lamport86II,
|
|---|
| 4210 | keywords = {software solutions, N-thread, mutual exclusions},
|
|---|
| 4211 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4212 | author = {Leslie Lamport},
|
|---|
| 4213 | title = {The Mutual Exclusion Problem: Part\,{II}--Statement and Solutions},
|
|---|
| 4214 | journal = jacm,
|
|---|
| 4215 | volume = 33,
|
|---|
| 4216 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 4217 | month = apr,
|
|---|
| 4218 | year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 4219 | pages = {327--348},
|
|---|
| 4220 | numpages = {22},
|
|---|
| 4221 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 4222 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 4223 | }
|
|---|
| 4224 |
|
|---|
| 4225 | @article{Burns78,
|
|---|
| 4226 | keywords = {hardware, N-process solution, O(N)},
|
|---|
| 4227 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4228 | author = {James E. Burns},
|
|---|
| 4229 | title = {Mutual Exclusion with Linear Waiting Using Binary Shared Variables},
|
|---|
| 4230 | journal = {SIGACT News},
|
|---|
| 4231 | volume = 10,
|
|---|
| 4232 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 4233 | month = {Summer},
|
|---|
| 4234 | year = 1978,
|
|---|
| 4235 | pages = {42-47},
|
|---|
| 4236 | }
|
|---|
| 4237 |
|
|---|
| 4238 | @inproceedings{Burns80,
|
|---|
| 4239 | keywords = {N-process software solution},
|
|---|
| 4240 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4241 | author = {James E. Burns and Nancy A. Lynch},
|
|---|
| 4242 | title = {Mutual Exclusion using Indivisible Reads and Writes},
|
|---|
| 4243 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the 18th Annual Allerton Conference on Communications, Control and Computing, Monticello, Illinois, USA},
|
|---|
| 4244 | year = 1980,
|
|---|
| 4245 | pages = {833-842},
|
|---|
| 4246 | note = {\href{http://groups.csail.mit.edu/tds/papers/Lynch/allertonconf.pdf}{\textsf{http://\-groups.csail.mit.edu/\-tds/\-papers/\-Lynch/\-allertonconf.pdf}} [Accessed on March 2014]},
|
|---|
| 4247 | optnote = {\textsf{http://\-groups.csail.mit.edu/\-tds/\-papers/\-Lynch/\-allertonconf.pdf}},
|
|---|
| 4248 | }
|
|---|
| 4249 |
|
|---|
| 4250 | @article{Peterson81,
|
|---|
| 4251 | keywords = {concurrency, critical section},
|
|---|
| 4252 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4253 | author = {G. L. Peterson},
|
|---|
| 4254 | title = {Myths About the Mutual Exclusion Problem},
|
|---|
| 4255 | journal = ipl,
|
|---|
| 4256 | year = 1981,
|
|---|
| 4257 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 4258 | volume = 12,
|
|---|
| 4259 | number = 3,
|
|---|
| 4260 | pages = {115-116},
|
|---|
| 4261 | }
|
|---|
| 4262 |
|
|---|
| 4263 | % N
|
|---|
| 4264 |
|
|---|
| 4265 | @article{Haddon77,
|
|---|
| 4266 | keywords = {monitors, nested monitor calls},
|
|---|
| 4267 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4268 | author = {Bruce K. Haddon},
|
|---|
| 4269 | title = {Nested Monitor Calls},
|
|---|
| 4270 | journal = osr,
|
|---|
| 4271 | volume = 11,
|
|---|
| 4272 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 4273 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 4274 | year = 1977,
|
|---|
| 4275 | pages = {18-23},
|
|---|
| 4276 | }
|
|---|
| 4277 |
|
|---|
| 4278 | @inproceedings{nesting,
|
|---|
| 4279 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 4280 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4281 | author = {Lori A. Clarke and Jack C. Wilenden and Alexander L. Wolf},
|
|---|
| 4282 | title = {Nesting in {Ada} Programs is for the Birds},
|
|---|
| 4283 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the ACM-SIGPLAN Symposium on the {Ada}
|
|---|
| 4284 | Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 4285 | year = 1980,
|
|---|
| 4286 | month = dec, pages = {139-145},
|
|---|
| 4287 | note = {SIGPLAN Notices, v. 15, n. 11},
|
|---|
| 4288 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 4289 | Given a data abstraction construct like the Ada package and in the
|
|---|
| 4290 | light of current thoughts on programming methodology, we feel that
|
|---|
| 4291 | nesting is an anachronism. In this paper we propose a nest-free
|
|---|
| 4292 | program style for Ada that eschews nested program units and
|
|---|
| 4293 | declarations within blocks and instead heavily utilizes packages
|
|---|
| 4294 | and context specifications as mechanisms for controlling
|
|---|
| 4295 | visibility. We view this proposal as a first step toward the
|
|---|
| 4296 | development of programming methods that exploit the novel language
|
|---|
| 4297 | features available in Ada. Consideration of this proposal's
|
|---|
| 4298 | ramifications for data flow, control flow, and overall program
|
|---|
| 4299 | structure substantiates our contention that a tree structure is
|
|---|
| 4300 | seldom a natural representation of a program and that nesting
|
|---|
| 4301 | therefore generally interferes with program development and
|
|---|
| 4302 | readability.
|
|---|
| 4303 | }
|
|---|
| 4304 | }
|
|---|
| 4305 |
|
|---|
| 4306 | @inproceedings{Buhr88,
|
|---|
| 4307 | keywords = {nested classes, persistence},
|
|---|
| 4308 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4309 | author = {P. A. Buhr and C. R. Zarnke},
|
|---|
| 4310 | title = {Nesting in an Object Oriented Language is NOT for the Birds},
|
|---|
| 4311 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the European Conference on Object Oriented Programming},
|
|---|
| 4312 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 4313 | volume = 322,
|
|---|
| 4314 | editor = {S. Gjessing and K. Nygaard},
|
|---|
| 4315 | address = {Oslo, Norway},
|
|---|
| 4316 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 4317 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 4318 | pages = {128-145},
|
|---|
| 4319 | note = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science, Ed. by G. Goos and J. Hartmanis},
|
|---|
| 4320 | }
|
|---|
| 4321 |
|
|---|
| 4322 | @inproceedings{Thompson90new,
|
|---|
| 4323 | keywords = {Plan 9},
|
|---|
| 4324 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4325 | title = {A New C Compiler},
|
|---|
| 4326 | author = {Ken Thompson},
|
|---|
| 4327 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the Summer 1990 UKUUG Conference},
|
|---|
| 4328 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 4329 | pages = {41--51},
|
|---|
| 4330 | url = {http://doc.cat-v.org/bell_labs/new_c_compilers/new_c_compiler.pdf}
|
|---|
| 4331 | }
|
|---|
| 4332 |
|
|---|
| 4333 | @article{Trono94,
|
|---|
| 4334 | author = {John A. Trono},
|
|---|
| 4335 | title = {A New Exercise in Concurrency},
|
|---|
| 4336 | journal = {SIGCSE Bulletin},
|
|---|
| 4337 | volume = {26},
|
|---|
| 4338 | number = {3},
|
|---|
| 4339 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 4340 | year = {1994},
|
|---|
| 4341 | pages = {8-10},
|
|---|
| 4342 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 4343 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 4344 | }
|
|---|
| 4345 |
|
|---|
| 4346 | @article{Lamport74,
|
|---|
| 4347 | keywords = {concurrency, N-Process solution, O(N)},
|
|---|
| 4348 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4349 | author = {Leslie Lamport},
|
|---|
| 4350 | title = {A New Solution of Dijkstra's Concurrent Programming Problem},
|
|---|
| 4351 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 4352 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 4353 | year = 1974,
|
|---|
| 4354 | volume = 17,
|
|---|
| 4355 | number = 8,
|
|---|
| 4356 | pages = {453-455},
|
|---|
| 4357 | }
|
|---|
| 4358 |
|
|---|
| 4359 | @article{landin,
|
|---|
| 4360 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 4361 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4362 | author = {P. J. Landin},
|
|---|
| 4363 | title = {The Next 700 Programing Languages},
|
|---|
| 4364 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 4365 | year = 1966,
|
|---|
| 4366 | volume = 9,
|
|---|
| 4367 | pages = {157-164},
|
|---|
| 4368 | }
|
|---|
| 4369 |
|
|---|
| 4370 | @article{Herlihy05,
|
|---|
| 4371 | keywords = {Multiprocessors, concurrent data structures, dynamic data structures, memory management, nonblocking synchronization},
|
|---|
| 4372 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4373 | author = {Maurice Herlihy and Victor Luchangco and Paul Martin and Mark Moir},
|
|---|
| 4374 | title = {Nonblocking Memory Management Support for Dynamic-sized Data Structures},
|
|---|
| 4375 | journal = tocs,
|
|---|
| 4376 | volume = 23,
|
|---|
| 4377 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 4378 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 4379 | year = 2005,
|
|---|
| 4380 | pages = {146-196},
|
|---|
| 4381 | numpages = {51},
|
|---|
| 4382 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 4383 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 4384 | }
|
|---|
| 4385 |
|
|---|
| 4386 | % O
|
|---|
| 4387 |
|
|---|
| 4388 | @inproceedings{oop:abcl/1,
|
|---|
| 4389 | keywords = {concurrency, OOPL, futures},
|
|---|
| 4390 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4391 | author = {Akinori Yonezawa and Jean-Pierre Briot and Etsuya Shibayama},
|
|---|
| 4392 | title = {Object-Oriented Concurrent Programming in {ABCL/1}},
|
|---|
| 4393 | crossref = "OOPSLA86",
|
|---|
| 4394 | pages = {258-268},
|
|---|
| 4395 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 4396 | Actions for messages sent to an object are executed concurrently
|
|---|
| 4397 | iff the object has no members. A select construct specifies a set
|
|---|
| 4398 | of message patterns.
|
|---|
| 4399 |
|
|---|
| 4400 | Express messages have priority. If an express message arrives
|
|---|
| 4401 | while an ordinary message is being processed, the action for the
|
|---|
| 4402 | ordinary message is suspended or aborted and the action for the
|
|---|
| 4403 | express message is executed. The sender decides which class a
|
|---|
| 4404 | message belongs in. Non-interruptible sections can be defined.
|
|---|
| 4405 |
|
|---|
| 4406 | Message sends can be non-blocking, or can block until a reply is
|
|---|
| 4407 | received, at the sender's option. The receiver can continue to
|
|---|
| 4408 | execute after sending the reply.
|
|---|
| 4409 |
|
|---|
| 4410 | Replies can send back ``futures'', and put values in them later.
|
|---|
| 4411 | Futures are queues of values, not single values. The caller can
|
|---|
| 4412 | use a ``ready?'' predicate to test for empty queue, or can use
|
|---|
| 4413 | operations to get the first or all queue elements; these operations
|
|---|
| 4414 | block if the queue is empty.
|
|---|
| 4415 | }
|
|---|
| 4416 | }
|
|---|
| 4417 |
|
|---|
| 4418 | @techreport{Schmidt95,
|
|---|
| 4419 | keywords = {ACE, concurrency, library},
|
|---|
| 4420 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4421 | author = {Douglas C. Schmidt},
|
|---|
| 4422 | title = {An OO Encapsulation of Lightweight OS Concurrency Mechanisms in the {ACE} Toolkit},
|
|---|
| 4423 | institution = {Washington University in St. Louis},
|
|---|
| 4424 | year = 1995,
|
|---|
| 4425 | number = 31,
|
|---|
| 4426 | note = {{\small\textsf{http://\-www.cs.wustl.edu/\-\char`\~schmidt/\-PDF/\-IPC\_SAP-92.pdf}}},
|
|---|
| 4427 | }
|
|---|
| 4428 |
|
|---|
| 4429 | @inproceedings{OOEx,
|
|---|
| 4430 | keywords = {Exceptions, object-oriented programming languages},
|
|---|
| 4431 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4432 | author = {Christophe Dony},
|
|---|
| 4433 | title = {An Object-oriented Exception Handling System for an Object-oriented Language},
|
|---|
| 4434 | booktitle = {ECOOP '88. European Conference on Object-Oriented Programming},
|
|---|
| 4435 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 4436 | pages = {146-161},
|
|---|
| 4437 | editor = {S. Gjessing and K. Nygaard},
|
|---|
| 4438 | organization= {DND, The Norwegian Computer Society},
|
|---|
| 4439 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 4440 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 4441 | Objectives:
|
|---|
| 4442 | - Users can define new exceptions.
|
|---|
| 4443 | - Default handlers can be attached to exceptions.
|
|---|
| 4444 | - Handlers can be attached to classes.
|
|---|
| 4445 | - Handlers can be attached to dynamic entities (expressions).
|
|---|
| 4446 | - Exceptions propagate first along the invocation chain.
|
|---|
| 4447 | - Exceptions should be hierarchically organized classes.
|
|---|
| 4448 | - Handlers should take into account the exception hierarchy (i.e.,
|
|---|
| 4449 | should handle raising of sub-exceptions).
|
|---|
| 4450 | The ``exceptional-event'' class has two subclasses. ``Warning''
|
|---|
| 4451 | has a ``resume'' method, and ``error'' has ``exit'' and
|
|---|
| 4452 | ``retry'' methods. Signalling an exception creates an instance
|
|---|
| 4453 | of the exception, whose members are used to pass information
|
|---|
| 4454 | back to the handler. Handlers are instances of class
|
|---|
| 4455 | ``protect-handler'' with a method ``protect {\em expression}'',
|
|---|
| 4456 | or are methods defined for the class or the exception.
|
|---|
| 4457 | }
|
|---|
| 4458 | }
|
|---|
| 4459 |
|
|---|
| 4460 | @article{CommonObjects,
|
|---|
| 4461 | author = {A. Snyder},
|
|---|
| 4462 | title = {Object-Oriented Programming for Common Lisp},
|
|---|
| 4463 | address = {Palo Alto CA},
|
|---|
| 4464 | year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 4465 | publisher = {Software Technology Laboratory, Hewlett-Packard Laboratories},
|
|---|
| 4466 | journal = {Report ATC-85-1},
|
|---|
| 4467 | }
|
|---|
| 4468 |
|
|---|
| 4469 | @book{objective-c,
|
|---|
| 4470 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 4471 | author = {Brad J. Cox},
|
|---|
| 4472 | title = {Object-oriented programming; an evolutionary approach},
|
|---|
| 4473 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 4474 | year = 1986
|
|---|
| 4475 | }
|
|---|
| 4476 |
|
|---|
| 4477 | @book{Beta,
|
|---|
| 4478 | keywords = {Beta, object oriented, concurrency, exceptions},
|
|---|
| 4479 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4480 | author = {Ole Lehrmann Madsen and Birger M{\o}ller-Pedersen and Kristen Nygaard},
|
|---|
| 4481 | title = {Object-oriented Programming in the {BETA} Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 4482 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 4483 | year = 1993,
|
|---|
| 4484 | }
|
|---|
| 4485 |
|
|---|
| 4486 | @article{Flavors,
|
|---|
| 4487 | author = {D. A. Moon},
|
|---|
| 4488 | title = {Object-Oriented Programming with Flavors},
|
|---|
| 4489 | address = {Portland OR},
|
|---|
| 4490 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 4491 | year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 4492 | journal = {Proc. ACM Conf. on Object-Oriented Systems, Languages and Applications},
|
|---|
| 4493 | }
|
|---|
| 4494 |
|
|---|
| 4495 | @article{Buhr00b,
|
|---|
| 4496 | keywords = {concurrency, C++, real-time},
|
|---|
| 4497 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4498 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Ashif S. Harji and Philipp E. Lim and Jiongxiong Chen},
|
|---|
| 4499 | title = {Object-Oriented Real-Time Concurrency},
|
|---|
| 4500 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 4501 | volume = 35,
|
|---|
| 4502 | number = 10,
|
|---|
| 4503 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 4504 | year = 2000,
|
|---|
| 4505 | pages = {29-46},
|
|---|
| 4506 | note = {OOPSLA'00, Oct. 15--19, 2000, Minneapolis, Minnesota, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 4507 | }
|
|---|
| 4508 |
|
|---|
| 4509 | @book{Meyer88,
|
|---|
| 4510 | keywords = {Eiffel},
|
|---|
| 4511 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4512 | author = {Bertrand Meyer},
|
|---|
| 4513 | title = {Object-oriented Software Construction},
|
|---|
| 4514 | publisher = {Prentice Hall},
|
|---|
| 4515 | year = {1988},
|
|---|
| 4516 | series = {Prentice Hall International Series in Computer Science},
|
|---|
| 4517 | }
|
|---|
| 4518 |
|
|---|
| 4519 | @article{objectPascal,
|
|---|
| 4520 | keywords = {objects, modules},
|
|---|
| 4521 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4522 | author = {Larry Tesler},
|
|---|
| 4523 | title = {Object Pascal Report},
|
|---|
| 4524 | journal = {Structured Language World},
|
|---|
| 4525 | year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 4526 | volume = 9,
|
|---|
| 4527 | number = 3,
|
|---|
| 4528 | }
|
|---|
| 4529 |
|
|---|
| 4530 | @misc{obj-c:next,
|
|---|
| 4531 | keywords = {categories, protocols, Objective C},
|
|---|
| 4532 | contributor = {gjditchfield@angus},
|
|---|
| 4533 | author = {NeXT Computer, Inc.},
|
|---|
| 4534 | title = {Objective C Extensions},
|
|---|
| 4535 | howpublished= {On-line documentation in ``NEXTSTEP 3.1 Developer''},
|
|---|
| 4536 | year = 1993
|
|---|
| 4537 | }
|
|---|
| 4538 |
|
|---|
| 4539 | @book{Galletly96,
|
|---|
| 4540 | keywords = {occam},
|
|---|
| 4541 | author = {John Galletly},
|
|---|
| 4542 | title = {{OCCAM} 2: Including {OCCAM} 2.1},
|
|---|
| 4543 | publisher = {{UCL} (University College London) Press Ltd.},
|
|---|
| 4544 | edition = {second},
|
|---|
| 4545 | year = 1996,
|
|---|
| 4546 | }
|
|---|
| 4547 |
|
|---|
| 4548 | @techreport{Morrison88,
|
|---|
| 4549 | keywords = {objects, concurrency, persistence},
|
|---|
| 4550 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4551 | author = {R. Morrison and A. L. Brown and R. Carrick and R. Connor and A. Dearle},
|
|---|
| 4552 | title = {On the integration of Object-Oriented and Process-Oriented computation in persistent environments},
|
|---|
| 4553 | institution = {Department of Computational Science, University of St. Andrews, Scotland},
|
|---|
| 4554 | number = {PPRR 57},
|
|---|
| 4555 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 4556 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 4557 | }
|
|---|
| 4558 |
|
|---|
| 4559 | @article{Peterson73,
|
|---|
| 4560 | keywords = {goto, structured programming},
|
|---|
| 4561 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4562 | author = {W. W. Peterson and T. Kasami and N. Tokura},
|
|---|
| 4563 | title = {On the Capabilities of While, Repeat, and Exit Statements},
|
|---|
| 4564 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 4565 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 4566 | year = 1973,
|
|---|
| 4567 | volume = 16,
|
|---|
| 4568 | number = 8,
|
|---|
| 4569 | pages = {503-512}
|
|---|
| 4570 | }
|
|---|
| 4571 |
|
|---|
| 4572 | @article{Baker82,
|
|---|
| 4573 | keywords = {compilation},
|
|---|
| 4574 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4575 | author = {Theodore P. Baker},
|
|---|
| 4576 | title = {A One-Pass Algorithm for Overload Resolution in {Ada}},
|
|---|
| 4577 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 4578 | year = 1982,
|
|---|
| 4579 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 4580 | volume = 4,
|
|---|
| 4581 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 4582 | pages = {601-614},
|
|---|
| 4583 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 4584 | A simple method is presented for detecting ambiguities and finding
|
|---|
| 4585 | the correct interpretations of expressions in the programming
|
|---|
| 4586 | language Ada. Unlike previously reported solutions to this
|
|---|
| 4587 | problem, which require multiple passes over a tree structure, the
|
|---|
| 4588 | method described here operates in one bottom-up pass, during which
|
|---|
| 4589 | a directed acyclic graph is produced. The correctness of this
|
|---|
| 4590 | approach is demonstrated by a brief formal argument.
|
|---|
| 4591 | },
|
|---|
| 4592 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 4593 | See also \cite{D:overload}.
|
|---|
| 4594 | }
|
|---|
| 4595 | }
|
|---|
| 4596 |
|
|---|
| 4597 | @techreport{OpenMP,
|
|---|
| 4598 | keywords = {concurrency, openmp, spmd},
|
|---|
| 4599 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4600 | author = {OpenMP Architecture Review Board},
|
|---|
| 4601 | title = {OpenMP Application Program Interface, Version 4.0},
|
|---|
| 4602 | month = jul,
|
|---|
| 4603 | year = 2013,
|
|---|
| 4604 | note = {\href{http://www.openmp.org/mp-documents/OpenMP4.0.0.pdf}{\textsf{http://www.openmp.org/mp-documents/OpenMP4.0.0.pdf}}},
|
|---|
| 4605 | }
|
|---|
| 4606 |
|
|---|
| 4607 | @book{Deitel04,
|
|---|
| 4608 | keywords = {concurrency, operating systems},
|
|---|
| 4609 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4610 | author = {Harvey M. Deitel and Paul J. Deitel and David R. Choffnes},
|
|---|
| 4611 | title = {Operating Systems},
|
|---|
| 4612 | publisher = {Pearson Prentice-Hall},
|
|---|
| 4613 | year = 2004,
|
|---|
| 4614 | edition = {third},
|
|---|
| 4615 | }
|
|---|
| 4616 |
|
|---|
| 4617 | @book{Stalling98,
|
|---|
| 4618 | keywords = {concurrency, operating systems},
|
|---|
| 4619 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4620 | author = {William Stallings},
|
|---|
| 4621 | title = {Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles},
|
|---|
| 4622 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall},
|
|---|
| 4623 | year = 1998,
|
|---|
| 4624 | edition = {third},
|
|---|
| 4625 | }
|
|---|
| 4626 |
|
|---|
| 4627 | @book{Stalling01,
|
|---|
| 4628 | keywords = {concurrency, operating systems},
|
|---|
| 4629 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4630 | author = {William Stallings},
|
|---|
| 4631 | title = {Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles},
|
|---|
| 4632 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall},
|
|---|
| 4633 | year = 2001,
|
|---|
| 4634 | edition = {fourth},
|
|---|
| 4635 | }
|
|---|
| 4636 |
|
|---|
| 4637 | @book{Silberschatz91,
|
|---|
| 4638 | keywords = {concurrency, operating systems},
|
|---|
| 4639 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4640 | author = {Abraham Silberschatz and James L. Peterson and Peter Galvin},
|
|---|
| 4641 | title = {Operating System Concepts},
|
|---|
| 4642 | publisher = {Addision-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 4643 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 4644 | edition = {third},
|
|---|
| 4645 | }
|
|---|
| 4646 |
|
|---|
| 4647 | @book{Tanenbaum87,
|
|---|
| 4648 | keywords = {concurrency, operating systems},
|
|---|
| 4649 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4650 | author = {Andrew S. Tanenbaum},
|
|---|
| 4651 | title = {Operating Systems : Design and Implementation},
|
|---|
| 4652 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall},
|
|---|
| 4653 | series = {Software Series},
|
|---|
| 4654 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 4655 | }
|
|---|
| 4656 |
|
|---|
| 4657 | @book{Hansen73,
|
|---|
| 4658 | keywords = {monitors},
|
|---|
| 4659 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4660 | author = {Per {Brinch Hansen}},
|
|---|
| 4661 | title = {Operating System Principles},
|
|---|
| 4662 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall},
|
|---|
| 4663 | year = 1973,
|
|---|
| 4664 | }
|
|---|
| 4665 |
|
|---|
| 4666 | @book{Bic03,
|
|---|
| 4667 | keywords = {concurrency, operating systems},
|
|---|
| 4668 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4669 | author = {Lubomir F. Bic and Alan C. Shaw},
|
|---|
| 4670 | title = {Operating System Principles},
|
|---|
| 4671 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall},
|
|---|
| 4672 | year = 2003,
|
|---|
| 4673 | }
|
|---|
| 4674 |
|
|---|
| 4675 | @techreport{milner88,
|
|---|
| 4676 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 4677 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4678 | author = {Robin Milner},
|
|---|
| 4679 | title = {Operational and Algebraic Semantics of Concurrent Processes},
|
|---|
| 4680 | institution = {Laboratory for Foundations of Computer Science},
|
|---|
| 4681 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 4682 | address = {Department of Computer Science, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ},
|
|---|
| 4683 | month = feb,
|
|---|
| 4684 | number = {ECS-LFCS-88-46}
|
|---|
| 4685 | }
|
|---|
| 4686 |
|
|---|
| 4687 | @article{Ganzinger80,
|
|---|
| 4688 | contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
|
|---|
| 4689 | author = {Ganzinger, Harald and Ripken, Knut},
|
|---|
| 4690 | title = {Operator Identification in {ADA}: Formal Specification, Complexity, and Concrete Implementation},
|
|---|
| 4691 | journal = {SIGPLAN Notices},
|
|---|
| 4692 | issue_date = {February 1980},
|
|---|
| 4693 | volume = {15},
|
|---|
| 4694 | number = {2},
|
|---|
| 4695 | month = feb,
|
|---|
| 4696 | year = {1980},
|
|---|
| 4697 | issn = {0362-1340},
|
|---|
| 4698 | pages = {30--42},
|
|---|
| 4699 | numpages = {13},
|
|---|
| 4700 | url = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/947586.947589},
|
|---|
| 4701 | doi = {10.1145/947586.947589},
|
|---|
| 4702 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 4703 | address = {New York, NY, USA}
|
|---|
| 4704 | }
|
|---|
| 4705 |
|
|---|
| 4706 | @article{Ford82,
|
|---|
| 4707 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 4708 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4709 | author = {G. Ford and B. Hansche},
|
|---|
| 4710 | title = {Optional, Repeatable, and Varying Type Parameters},
|
|---|
| 4711 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 4712 | volume = 17,
|
|---|
| 4713 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 4714 | month = feb,
|
|---|
| 4715 | year = 1982,
|
|---|
| 4716 | pages = {41-48},
|
|---|
| 4717 | }
|
|---|
| 4718 |
|
|---|
| 4719 | @manual{pli,
|
|---|
| 4720 | keywords = {PL/I},
|
|---|
| 4721 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4722 | key = {IBM},
|
|---|
| 4723 | title = {{OS} and {DOS} {PL/I} Reference Manual},
|
|---|
| 4724 | organization= {International Business Machines},
|
|---|
| 4725 | edition = {first},
|
|---|
| 4726 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 4727 | year = 1981,
|
|---|
| 4728 | note = {Manual GC26-3977-0},
|
|---|
| 4729 | }
|
|---|
| 4730 |
|
|---|
| 4731 | @techreport{D:overload,
|
|---|
| 4732 | keywords = {overload resolution, compilation},
|
|---|
| 4733 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4734 | author = {M. Dausmann et. al.},
|
|---|
| 4735 | title = {Overloading in {Ada}},
|
|---|
| 4736 | institution = {Universitat Karlsruhe},
|
|---|
| 4737 | year = 1979,
|
|---|
| 4738 | number = {23/79},
|
|---|
| 4739 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 4740 | Probably the earliest description of the two-pass (bottom-up,
|
|---|
| 4741 | top-down) overload resolution algorithm. See also
|
|---|
| 4742 | \cite{PW:overload,WS:overload,PDM:overload,Cor:overload,Bak:overload}.
|
|---|
| 4743 | }
|
|---|
| 4744 | }
|
|---|
| 4745 |
|
|---|
| 4746 | @article{EB87,
|
|---|
| 4747 | keywords = {packages, private types, assignment, equality},
|
|---|
| 4748 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4749 | author = {J. Dana Eckart and Richard J. LeBlanc},
|
|---|
| 4750 | title = {Overloading in the {Ada} Language: Is it too restrictive?},
|
|---|
| 4751 | journal = {Computer Languages},
|
|---|
| 4752 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 4753 | volume = 12, number = {3/4}, pages = {163-172},
|
|---|
| 4754 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 4755 | Packages in the Ada language provide a mechanism for extending the
|
|---|
| 4756 | language through the development of additional data types. Such
|
|---|
| 4757 | types can be better integrated into the language using operator
|
|---|
| 4758 | overloading; however, key limitations prevent new types from being
|
|---|
| 4759 | transparently integrated into the language. Allowing function
|
|---|
| 4760 | names to overload private type names would give a cleaner and
|
|---|
| 4761 | clearer mechanism for building values of these types. Furthermore,
|
|---|
| 4762 | by allowing redefinitions of ``:='' and by making it easier to
|
|---|
| 4763 | overload ``='' for private types, Ada coud be transformed into a
|
|---|
| 4764 | more expressive language.
|
|---|
| 4765 | }
|
|---|
| 4766 | }
|
|---|
| 4767 |
|
|---|
| 4768 | @article{PW:overload,
|
|---|
| 4769 | keywords = {compilation},
|
|---|
| 4770 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4771 | author = {Guido Persch and Georg Winterstein and Manfred Dausman and Sophia Drossopoulou},
|
|---|
| 4772 | title = {Overloading in Preliminary {Ada}},
|
|---|
| 4773 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 4774 | year = 1980,
|
|---|
| 4775 | month = nov, volume = 15, number = 11, pages = {47-56},
|
|---|
| 4776 | note = {Proceedings of the ACM-SIGPLAN Symposium on the {Ada} Programming
|
|---|
| 4777 | Language},
|
|---|
| 4778 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 4779 | The two-pass (bottom-up, then top-down) algorithm, with a proof
|
|---|
| 4780 | that two passes suffice. See also \cite{D:overload}.
|
|---|
| 4781 | }
|
|---|
| 4782 | }
|
|---|
| 4783 |
|
|---|
| 4784 | @article{SR,
|
|---|
| 4785 | keywords = {concurrency, messages, rendezvous},
|
|---|
| 4786 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4787 | author = {Gregory R. Andrews and Ronald A. Olsson and Michael Coffin and
|
|---|
| 4788 | Irving Elshoff and Kelvin Nilsen and Titus Purdin and Gregg Townsend},
|
|---|
| 4789 | title = {An Overview of the {SR} Language and Implementation},
|
|---|
| 4790 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 4791 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 4792 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 4793 | volume = 10,
|
|---|
| 4794 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 4795 | pages = {51-86},
|
|---|
| 4796 | }
|
|---|
| 4797 |
|
|---|
| 4798 | % P
|
|---|
| 4799 |
|
|---|
| 4800 | @article{Andrews91,
|
|---|
| 4801 | keywords = {general concurrency},
|
|---|
| 4802 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4803 | author = {Gregory R. Andrews},
|
|---|
| 4804 | title = {Paradigms for Process Interaction in Distributed Programs},
|
|---|
| 4805 | journal = acmcs,
|
|---|
| 4806 | volume = 23,
|
|---|
| 4807 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 4808 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 4809 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 4810 | pages = {49-90},
|
|---|
| 4811 | }
|
|---|
| 4812 |
|
|---|
| 4813 | @book{PPC++,
|
|---|
| 4814 | keywords = {concurrency, parallel, distributed, C++},
|
|---|
| 4815 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4816 | editor = {Gregory V. Wilson and Paul Lu},
|
|---|
| 4817 | title = {Parallel Programming in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 4818 | publisher = {MIT Press},
|
|---|
| 4819 | series = {Scientific and Engineering Computation Series},
|
|---|
| 4820 | year = 1996,
|
|---|
| 4821 | pages = {1-42},
|
|---|
| 4822 | }
|
|---|
| 4823 |
|
|---|
| 4824 | @incollection{Stroustrup96,
|
|---|
| 4825 | keywords = {concurrency, C++},
|
|---|
| 4826 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4827 | author = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
|
|---|
| 4828 | title = {A Perspective on Concurrency in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 4829 | editor = {Gregory V. Wilson and Paul Lu},
|
|---|
| 4830 | booktitle = {Parallel Programming in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 4831 | publisher = {MIT Press},
|
|---|
| 4832 | series = {Scientific and Engineering Computation Series},
|
|---|
| 4833 | year = 1996,
|
|---|
| 4834 | pages = {xxvi-xxvii},
|
|---|
| 4835 | }
|
|---|
| 4836 |
|
|---|
| 4837 | @incollection{Yang96b,
|
|---|
| 4838 | keywords = {concurrency, C++},
|
|---|
| 4839 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4840 | author = {Shelby X. Yang and Dennis Gannon and Peter Beckman and Jacob Gotwals and Neelakantan Sundaresan},
|
|---|
| 4841 | editor = {Gregory V. Wilson and Paul Lu},
|
|---|
| 4842 | title = {p{C}++},
|
|---|
| 4843 | booktitle = {Parallel Programming in {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 4844 | publisher = {MIT Press},
|
|---|
| 4845 | address = {Cambridge, MA, USA},
|
|---|
| 4846 | series = {Scientific and Engineering Computation Series},
|
|---|
| 4847 | pages = {507-546},
|
|---|
| 4848 | year = 1996,
|
|---|
| 4849 | }
|
|---|
| 4850 |
|
|---|
| 4851 | @article{goguen84,
|
|---|
| 4852 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 4853 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4854 | author = {Goseph A. Goguen},
|
|---|
| 4855 | title = {Parameterized Programming},
|
|---|
| 4856 | journal = ieeese,
|
|---|
| 4857 | year = 1984,
|
|---|
| 4858 | month = sep, volume = "SE-10", number = 5, pages = {528-543},
|
|---|
| 4859 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 4860 | Parameterized programming is a powerful technique for the reliable
|
|---|
| 4861 | reuse of software. In this technique, modules are parameterized
|
|---|
| 4862 | over very general interfaces that describe what properties of an
|
|---|
| 4863 | environment are required for the module to work correctly.
|
|---|
| 4864 | Reusability is enhanced by the flexibility of the parameterization
|
|---|
| 4865 | mechanism proposed here. Reliability is further enhanced by
|
|---|
| 4866 | permitting interface requirements to include more than purely
|
|---|
| 4867 | syntactic information. This paper introduces three new ideas that
|
|---|
| 4868 | seem especially useful in supporting parameterized programming: 1)
|
|---|
| 4869 | {\em theories}, which declare global properties of program modules
|
|---|
| 4870 | and interfaces; 2) {\em views}, which connect theories with program
|
|---|
| 4871 | modules in an elegant way; and 3) {\em module expressions}, a kind
|
|---|
| 4872 | of general structured program transformation which produces new
|
|---|
| 4873 | modules by modifying and combining existing modules. Although
|
|---|
| 4874 | these ideas are illustrated with some simple examples in the OBJ
|
|---|
| 4875 | programming language, they should also be taken as proposals for an
|
|---|
| 4876 | Ada library system, for adding modules to Prolog, and as
|
|---|
| 4877 | considerations for future language design efforts. OBJ is an
|
|---|
| 4878 | ultra-high level programming language, based upon rewrite rules,
|
|---|
| 4879 | that incorporates these ideas, and many others from modern
|
|---|
| 4880 | programming methodology.
|
|---|
| 4881 | }
|
|---|
| 4882 | }
|
|---|
| 4883 |
|
|---|
| 4884 | @inproceedings{c++:templates,
|
|---|
| 4885 | author = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
|
|---|
| 4886 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4887 | title = {Parameterized Types for {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 4888 | booktitle = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference},
|
|---|
| 4889 | organization= {USENIX Association},
|
|---|
| 4890 | year = 1988, pages = {1-18}
|
|---|
| 4891 | }
|
|---|
| 4892 |
|
|---|
| 4893 | @inproceedings{Boehm85,
|
|---|
| 4894 | keywords = {second-order unification},
|
|---|
| 4895 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4896 | author = {Hans-J. Boehm},
|
|---|
| 4897 | title = {Partial Polymorphic Type Inference is Undecidable},
|
|---|
| 4898 | booktitle = {26th Annual Symposium on Foundations of Computer Science},
|
|---|
| 4899 | year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 4900 | pages = {339-345},
|
|---|
| 4901 | organization= {IEEE Computer Society},
|
|---|
| 4902 | publisher = {IEEE Computer Society Press},
|
|---|
| 4903 | address = {1730 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W, Washington, D.C. 20036-1903},
|
|---|
| 4904 | summary = {
|
|---|
| 4905 | Given a base typed lambda calculus with function types, type
|
|---|
| 4906 | abstractions, and a recursive expression \(\mbox{fix } x:t.e\),
|
|---|
| 4907 | then type inference for the partially typed language
|
|---|
| 4908 | \begin{eqnarray}
|
|---|
| 4909 | \lambda x:\tau.e &\Rightarrow& \lambda x.e \\
|
|---|
| 4910 | \mbox{fix } x:\tau.e &\Rightarrow& \mbox{fix } x.e \\
|
|---|
| 4911 | e \tau &\Rightarrow& e ?
|
|---|
| 4912 | \end{eqnarray}
|
|---|
| 4913 | is undecidable.
|
|---|
| 4914 | }
|
|---|
| 4915 | }
|
|---|
| 4916 |
|
|---|
| 4917 | @book{Pascal,
|
|---|
| 4918 | keywords = {Pascal},
|
|---|
| 4919 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4920 | author = {Kathleen Jensen and Niklaus Wirth},
|
|---|
| 4921 | title = {{P}ascal User Manual and Report},
|
|---|
| 4922 | publisher = {Springer--Verlag},
|
|---|
| 4923 | year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 4924 | edition = {third},
|
|---|
| 4925 | note = {Revised by Andrew B. Mickel and James F. Miner, ISO Pascal Standard}
|
|---|
| 4926 | }
|
|---|
| 4927 |
|
|---|
| 4928 | @book{Pascal:old,
|
|---|
| 4929 | keywords = {Pascal},
|
|---|
| 4930 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4931 | author = {Kathleen Jensen and Niklaus Wirth},
|
|---|
| 4932 | title = {{P}ascal User Manual and Report},
|
|---|
| 4933 | publisher = {Springer--Verlag},
|
|---|
| 4934 | year = 1975,
|
|---|
| 4935 | edition = {first},
|
|---|
| 4936 | }
|
|---|
| 4937 |
|
|---|
| 4938 | @article{Turba85,
|
|---|
| 4939 | keywords = {Pascal, exception handling, inheritance},
|
|---|
| 4940 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4941 | author = {Thomas N. Turba},
|
|---|
| 4942 | title = {The {P}ascal Exception Handling Proposal},
|
|---|
| 4943 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 4944 | volume = 20,
|
|---|
| 4945 | number = 8,
|
|---|
| 4946 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 4947 | year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 4948 | pages = {93-98},
|
|---|
| 4949 | }
|
|---|
| 4950 |
|
|---|
| 4951 | @manual{Pascal/VS,
|
|---|
| 4952 | keywords = {PL/I},
|
|---|
| 4953 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4954 | key = {IBM},
|
|---|
| 4955 | title = {{P}ascal/{VS} Language Reference Manual},
|
|---|
| 4956 | organization= {International Business Machines},
|
|---|
| 4957 | edition = {first},
|
|---|
| 4958 | year = 1981,
|
|---|
| 4959 | note = {Manual SH20-6168-1},
|
|---|
| 4960 | }
|
|---|
| 4961 |
|
|---|
| 4962 | @article{Anderson90,
|
|---|
| 4963 | keywords = {spin locks, back off, performance},
|
|---|
| 4964 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4965 | author = {Thomas E. Anderson},
|
|---|
| 4966 | title = {The Performance of Spin Lock Alternatives for Shared-Memory Multiprocessors},
|
|---|
| 4967 | journal = ieeepds,
|
|---|
| 4968 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 4969 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 4970 | volume = 1,
|
|---|
| 4971 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 4972 | pages = {6-16},
|
|---|
| 4973 | }
|
|---|
| 4974 |
|
|---|
| 4975 | @article{poly,
|
|---|
| 4976 | keywords = {Poly, Standard ML, Russell, persistence},
|
|---|
| 4977 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 4978 | author = {David C. J. Matthews},
|
|---|
| 4979 | title = {Poly Manual},
|
|---|
| 4980 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 4981 | month = sep, year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 4982 | volume = 20, number = 9, pages = {52-76}
|
|---|
| 4983 | }
|
|---|
| 4984 |
|
|---|
| 4985 | @techreport{Atkinson87b,
|
|---|
| 4986 | keywords = {naming, persistence},
|
|---|
| 4987 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 4988 | author = {M. P. Atkinson and R. Morrison},
|
|---|
| 4989 | title = {Polymorphic Names and Iterations},
|
|---|
| 4990 | institution = {Universities of Glasgow and St. Andrews, Scotland},
|
|---|
| 4991 | number = {PPRR-53-87},
|
|---|
| 4992 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 4993 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 4994 | }
|
|---|
| 4995 |
|
|---|
| 4996 | @book{Harland,
|
|---|
| 4997 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 4998 | author = {David M. Harland},
|
|---|
| 4999 | title = {Polymorphic Programming Languages: Design and Implementation},
|
|---|
| 5000 | publisher = {Ellis Horwood},
|
|---|
| 5001 | year = 1984,
|
|---|
| 5002 | series = {Computers and their Applications},
|
|---|
| 5003 | address = {Market Cross House, Cooper Street, Chichester, West Sussex,
|
|---|
| 5004 | PO19 1EB, England},
|
|---|
| 5005 | summary = {
|
|---|
| 5006 | The principles of Procedural Abstraction, Data Type Completeness,
|
|---|
| 5007 | Declaration Correspondence, and Orthogonality are ruthlessly applied
|
|---|
| 5008 | to the design of a polymorphic language.
|
|---|
| 5009 | }
|
|---|
| 5010 | }
|
|---|
| 5011 |
|
|---|
| 5012 | @unpublished{poa,
|
|---|
| 5013 | keywords = {Force N, type inference, reusability, transcendance},
|
|---|
| 5014 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5015 | author = {G. V. Cormack and A. K. Wright},
|
|---|
| 5016 | title = {Polymorphism, Overloading, and Abstraction},
|
|---|
| 5017 | note = {personal communication}
|
|---|
| 5018 | }
|
|---|
| 5019 |
|
|---|
| 5020 | @inproceedings{forceone:impl,
|
|---|
| 5021 | keywords = {Parametric polymorphism, ForceOne},
|
|---|
| 5022 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5023 | author = {G. V. Cormack and A. K. Wright},
|
|---|
| 5024 | title = {Polymorphism in the Compiled Language {ForceOne}},
|
|---|
| 5025 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the 20th Hawaii International Conference on Systems Sciences},
|
|---|
| 5026 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 5027 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 5028 | pages = {284-292},
|
|---|
| 5029 | }
|
|---|
| 5030 |
|
|---|
| 5031 | @incollection{POOL-T,
|
|---|
| 5032 | keywords = {objects, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 5033 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5034 | author = {Pierre America},
|
|---|
| 5035 | title = {POOL-T: A Parallel Object-Oriented Language},
|
|---|
| 5036 | booktitle = {Object-Oriented Concurrent Programming},
|
|---|
| 5037 | publisher = {The MIT Press},
|
|---|
| 5038 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 5039 | pages = {199-220},
|
|---|
| 5040 | editor = {Akinori Yonezawa and Mario Tokoro}
|
|---|
| 5041 | }
|
|---|
| 5042 |
|
|---|
| 5043 | @article{Hardgrave76,
|
|---|
| 5044 | keywords = {positional, keyword, parameters, arguments},
|
|---|
| 5045 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5046 | author = {W. T. Hardgrave},
|
|---|
| 5047 | title = {Positional versus Keyword Parameter Communication in Programming Languages},
|
|---|
| 5048 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 5049 | volume = 11,
|
|---|
| 5050 | number = 5,
|
|---|
| 5051 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 5052 | year = 1976,
|
|---|
| 5053 | pages = {52-58},
|
|---|
| 5054 | }
|
|---|
| 5055 |
|
|---|
| 5056 | @book{PowerPC,
|
|---|
| 5057 | key = {PowerPC processor},
|
|---|
| 5058 | title = {Programming Environments Manual for 32-Bit Implementations of the PowerPC ArchitectureARM Architecture},
|
|---|
| 5059 | publisher = {Freescale Semiconductor},
|
|---|
| 5060 | volume = {MPCFPE32B},
|
|---|
| 5061 | edition = {Rev. 3},
|
|---|
| 5062 | month = 9,
|
|---|
| 5063 | year = 2005,
|
|---|
| 5064 | }
|
|---|
| 5065 |
|
|---|
| 5066 | @article{Ada:preliminary,
|
|---|
| 5067 | keywords = {Ada},
|
|---|
| 5068 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5069 | author = {Jean D. Ichbiah and Bernd Krieg-Brueckner and Brian A. Wichmann
|
|---|
| 5070 | and Henry F. Ledgard and Jean-Claude Heliard and Jean-Raymond Abrial
|
|---|
| 5071 | and John G. P. Barnes and Olivier Roubine},
|
|---|
| 5072 | title = {Preliminary {Ada} Reference Manual},
|
|---|
| 5073 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 5074 | volume = 14,
|
|---|
| 5075 | number = 6,
|
|---|
| 5076 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 5077 | year = 1979,
|
|---|
| 5078 | note = {Part A},
|
|---|
| 5079 | }
|
|---|
| 5080 |
|
|---|
| 5081 | @techreport{Forsythe,
|
|---|
| 5082 | author = {John C. Reynolds},
|
|---|
| 5083 | title = {Preliminary Design of the Programming Language {Forsythe}},
|
|---|
| 5084 | institution = {Carnegie Mellon University},
|
|---|
| 5085 | number = {CMU-CS-88-159},
|
|---|
| 5086 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 5087 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 5088 | }
|
|---|
| 5089 |
|
|---|
| 5090 | @article{PRESTO,
|
|---|
| 5091 | keywords = {concurrency, threads},
|
|---|
| 5092 | contributer = {dgharriss@plg},
|
|---|
| 5093 | author = {B. N. Bershad and E. D. Lazowska and H. M. Levy},
|
|---|
| 5094 | title = {{PRESTO}: A System for Object-oriented Parallel Programming},
|
|---|
| 5095 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 5096 | volume = 18,
|
|---|
| 5097 | number = 8,
|
|---|
| 5098 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 5099 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 5100 | pages = {713-732}
|
|---|
| 5101 | }
|
|---|
| 5102 |
|
|---|
| 5103 | @book{Ben-Ari82,
|
|---|
| 5104 | keywords = {concurrency, parallel, programming languages},
|
|---|
| 5105 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5106 | author = {Mordechai Ben-Ari},
|
|---|
| 5107 | title = {Principles of Concurrent Programming},
|
|---|
| 5108 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall International},
|
|---|
| 5109 | year = 1982,
|
|---|
| 5110 | }
|
|---|
| 5111 |
|
|---|
| 5112 | @book{Tennent81,
|
|---|
| 5113 | author = {R. D. Tennent},
|
|---|
| 5114 | title = {Principles of Programming Languages},
|
|---|
| 5115 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall International},
|
|---|
| 5116 | year = 1981,
|
|---|
| 5117 | series = {Series in Computer Science}
|
|---|
| 5118 | }
|
|---|
| 5119 |
|
|---|
| 5120 | @article{Lister77,
|
|---|
| 5121 | keywords = {monitors, nested monitor calls},
|
|---|
| 5122 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5123 | author = {Andrew Lister},
|
|---|
| 5124 | title = {The Problem of Nested Monitor Calls},
|
|---|
| 5125 | journal = osr,
|
|---|
| 5126 | volume = 11,
|
|---|
| 5127 | number = 3,
|
|---|
| 5128 | month = jul,
|
|---|
| 5129 | year = 1977,
|
|---|
| 5130 | pages = {5-7},
|
|---|
| 5131 | }
|
|---|
| 5132 |
|
|---|
| 5133 | @article{psa:persistence,
|
|---|
| 5134 | keywords = {persistence, first-class procedures, closure, PS-Algol,
|
|---|
| 5135 | Abstract Data Types},
|
|---|
| 5136 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5137 | author = {Malcolm P. Atkinson and Ronald Morrison},
|
|---|
| 5138 | title = {Procedures as Persistent Data Objects},
|
|---|
| 5139 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 5140 | volume = {7}, number = {4},
|
|---|
| 5141 | pages = {539-559},
|
|---|
| 5142 | month = oct, year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 5143 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 5144 | PS-Algol has ``structures'', accessible only through ``pntrs''.
|
|---|
| 5145 | Pntrs can refer to any type of structure. Field references involve
|
|---|
| 5146 | a run-time check. This, plus first-class procedures, can simulate
|
|---|
| 5147 | abstract data types. Procedure variables operating on pntrs
|
|---|
| 5148 | simulate ADT operations. A block defines a structure to implement
|
|---|
| 5149 | the ADT, and assigns procedures to the variables. Functions
|
|---|
| 5150 | returning structures containing procedures simulate multiple
|
|---|
| 5151 | implementations and parameterized ADTs.
|
|---|
| 5152 |
|
|---|
| 5153 | An outer procedure that returns a procedure that contains
|
|---|
| 5154 | (non-local) references to the outer procedure's parameters
|
|---|
| 5155 | implements partial evaluation.
|
|---|
| 5156 |
|
|---|
| 5157 | Modules can be simulated like ADT's. The module itself is a
|
|---|
| 5158 | structure instance that is placed in persistent storage, and the
|
|---|
| 5159 | module is imported by fetching it from the persistent store.
|
|---|
| 5160 | Multiple instances of modules are easy. Installation of new
|
|---|
| 5161 | versions can be done by replacing the version in the database.
|
|---|
| 5162 | }
|
|---|
| 5163 | }
|
|---|
| 5164 |
|
|---|
| 5165 | @article{Procol89,
|
|---|
| 5166 | keywords = {active objects, object-oriented languages,
|
|---|
| 5167 | object-based languages, explicit per-object protocol},
|
|---|
| 5168 | contributer = {akgoel@plg},
|
|---|
| 5169 | author = {Jan van den Bos and Chris Laffra},
|
|---|
| 5170 | title = {PROCOL: A Parallel Object Language with Protocols},
|
|---|
| 5171 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 5172 | volume = 24,
|
|---|
| 5173 | number = 10,
|
|---|
| 5174 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 5175 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 5176 | pages = {95-102},
|
|---|
| 5177 | note = {Proceedings of the OOPSLA'89 Conference, Oct. 1--6, 1989, New Orleans, Lousiana},
|
|---|
| 5178 | abstract = {},
|
|---|
| 5179 | }
|
|---|
| 5180 |
|
|---|
| 5181 | @book{Butenhof97,
|
|---|
| 5182 | keywords = {PThreads, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 5183 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5184 | author = {David R. Butenhof},
|
|---|
| 5185 | title = {Programming with {POSIX} Threads},
|
|---|
| 5186 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 5187 | series = {Professional Computing},
|
|---|
| 5188 | year = 1997,
|
|---|
| 5189 | }
|
|---|
| 5190 |
|
|---|
| 5191 | @book{SETL,
|
|---|
| 5192 | keywords = {SETL},
|
|---|
| 5193 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5194 | author = {J. T. Schwartz and R. B. K. Dewar and E. Dubinsky and E. Schonberg},
|
|---|
| 5195 | title = {Programming with Sets: An Introduction to {SETL}},
|
|---|
| 5196 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 5197 | year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 5198 | }
|
|---|
| 5199 |
|
|---|
| 5200 | @book{Genuys68,
|
|---|
| 5201 | keywords = {contains Dijkstra's Cooperating Sequential Processes},
|
|---|
| 5202 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5203 | editor = {F. Genuys},
|
|---|
| 5204 | title = {Programming Languages},
|
|---|
| 5205 | publisher = {Academic Press},
|
|---|
| 5206 | address = {London, New York},
|
|---|
| 5207 | year = 1968,
|
|---|
| 5208 | note = {NATO Advanced Study Institute, Villard-de-Lans, 1966}
|
|---|
| 5209 | }
|
|---|
| 5210 |
|
|---|
| 5211 | @manual{ANSI99:C,
|
|---|
| 5212 | keywords = {ANSI C 99},
|
|---|
| 5213 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5214 | title = {Programming Languages -- {C}},
|
|---|
| 5215 | organization= {International Standard ISO/IEC 9899:1999 (E)},
|
|---|
| 5216 | publisher = {American National Standards Institute},
|
|---|
| 5217 | address = {www.ansi.org},
|
|---|
| 5218 | year = 1999,
|
|---|
| 5219 | }
|
|---|
| 5220 |
|
|---|
| 5221 | @manual{ANSI98:C++,
|
|---|
| 5222 | keywords = {ANSI C++ 98},
|
|---|
| 5223 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5224 | key = {C++98},
|
|---|
| 5225 | title = {Programming Languages -- {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 5226 | organization= {International Standard ISO/IEC 14882:1998 (E)},
|
|---|
| 5227 | publisher = {American National Standards Institute},
|
|---|
| 5228 | address = {www.ansi.org},
|
|---|
| 5229 | year = 1998,
|
|---|
| 5230 | }
|
|---|
| 5231 |
|
|---|
| 5232 | @manual{ANSI14:C++,
|
|---|
| 5233 | keywords = {ISO/IEC C++ 14},
|
|---|
| 5234 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5235 | key = {C++14},
|
|---|
| 5236 | title = {Programming Languages -- {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 5237 | edition = {fourth},
|
|---|
| 5238 | organization= {International Standard ISO/IEC 14882:2014 (E)},
|
|---|
| 5239 | publisher = {International Standard Organization},
|
|---|
| 5240 | address = {http://www.iso.org},
|
|---|
| 5241 | year = 2014,
|
|---|
| 5242 | }
|
|---|
| 5243 |
|
|---|
| 5244 | @manual{MS:VisualC++,
|
|---|
| 5245 | keywords = {Microsoft Visual C++},
|
|---|
| 5246 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5247 | title = {Microsoft Visual {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} .NET Language Reference},
|
|---|
| 5248 | organization= {Microsoft Corporation},
|
|---|
| 5249 | year = 2002,
|
|---|
| 5250 | note = {Microsoft Press, Redmond, Washington, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 5251 | }
|
|---|
| 5252 |
|
|---|
| 5253 | @article{HasselBring00,
|
|---|
| 5254 | keywords = {concurrency, prototyping},
|
|---|
| 5255 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5256 | author = {Wilhelm Hasselbring},
|
|---|
| 5257 | title = {Programming Languages and Systems for Prototyping Concurrent Applications},
|
|---|
| 5258 | journal = acmcs,
|
|---|
| 5259 | volume = 32,
|
|---|
| 5260 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 5261 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 5262 | year = 2000,
|
|---|
| 5263 | pages = {43-79},
|
|---|
| 5264 | }
|
|---|
| 5265 |
|
|---|
| 5266 | @article{LLgen,
|
|---|
| 5267 | keywords = {ll(1), parser generator, separate compilation},
|
|---|
| 5268 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5269 | author = {Dick Grune and Ceriel J. J. Jacobs},
|
|---|
| 5270 | title = {A Programmer-friendly LL(1) Parser Generator},
|
|---|
| 5271 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 5272 | month = jan, year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 5273 | volume = 18, number = 1, pages = {29-33},
|
|---|
| 5274 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 5275 | LLgen generates C-language recursive-descent parsers. The input
|
|---|
| 5276 | contains procedure-like rules with alternation and repetition
|
|---|
| 5277 | constructs on the right, and (typed) parameters on the left.
|
|---|
| 5278 | C actions are specified between items in the right side.
|
|---|
| 5279 | Alternation and repetition (reduce and shift) conflicts can be
|
|---|
| 5280 | resolved statically or at run time.
|
|---|
| 5281 |
|
|---|
| 5282 | A grammar can be specified in several files. All files must be
|
|---|
| 5283 | submitted to LLgen at once, but if the C file generated is no
|
|---|
| 5284 | different from the old version, then the old version is not
|
|---|
| 5285 | replaced and hence need not be recompiled, which saves lots of
|
|---|
| 5286 | time.
|
|---|
| 5287 |
|
|---|
| 5288 | When an incorrect token is found, the automatic error recovery
|
|---|
| 5289 | algorithm discards tokens until an ``acceptable'' token is found;
|
|---|
| 5290 | if the acceptable token is not correct, a correct one is inserted.
|
|---|
| 5291 | }
|
|---|
| 5292 | }
|
|---|
| 5293 |
|
|---|
| 5294 | @techreport{russell,
|
|---|
| 5295 | keywords = {Russell},
|
|---|
| 5296 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5297 | author = {H. Boehm and A. Demers and J. Donahue},
|
|---|
| 5298 | title = {A Programmer's Introduction to Russell},
|
|---|
| 5299 | institution = {Rice University},
|
|---|
| 5300 | year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 5301 | number = {85-16}
|
|---|
| 5302 | }
|
|---|
| 5303 |
|
|---|
| 5304 | @techreport{PDM89,
|
|---|
| 5305 | keywords = {existential types, universal types},
|
|---|
| 5306 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5307 | author = {Benjamin Pierce and Scott Dietzen and Spiro Michaylov},
|
|---|
| 5308 | title = {Programming in Higher-Order Typed Lambda Calculi},
|
|---|
| 5309 | institution = {School of Computer Science, Carnegie Mellon University},
|
|---|
| 5310 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 5311 | address = {Pittsburg, PA 15213-3890},
|
|---|
| 5312 | month = mar, number = {CMU-CS-89-111},
|
|---|
| 5313 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 5314 | This tutorial presents a hierarchy of increasingly powerful
|
|---|
| 5315 | languages, beginning with Church's simply typed
|
|---|
| 5316 | \(\lambda\)-calculus (\(F_1\)) and the second-order polymorphic
|
|---|
| 5317 | \(\lambda\)-calculus of Girard and Reynolds, and culminating in a
|
|---|
| 5318 | fragment of Girard's \(\omega\)-order polymorphic
|
|---|
| 5319 | \(\lambda\)-calculus (\(F_\omega\)). Our focus throughout is on
|
|---|
| 5320 | the unusual style of programming that arises in these languages,
|
|---|
| 5321 | where all functions are total and the primary control construct is
|
|---|
| 5322 | iteration rather than general recursion.
|
|---|
| 5323 | }
|
|---|
| 5324 | }
|
|---|
| 5325 |
|
|---|
| 5326 | @book{Modula-2,
|
|---|
| 5327 | keywords = {modules, coroutines},
|
|---|
| 5328 | contributer = {pabuhr},
|
|---|
| 5329 | author = {Niklaus Wirth},
|
|---|
| 5330 | title = {Programming in Modula-2},
|
|---|
| 5331 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 5332 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 5333 | edition = {fourth},
|
|---|
| 5334 | series = {Texts and Monographs in Computer Science},
|
|---|
| 5335 | }
|
|---|
| 5336 |
|
|---|
| 5337 | @manual{Ada,
|
|---|
| 5338 | keywords = {Ada, packages, tasks, exceptions},
|
|---|
| 5339 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5340 | title = {The Programming Language {Ada}: Reference Manual},
|
|---|
| 5341 | organization= {United States Department of Defense},
|
|---|
| 5342 | edition = {{ANSI/MIL-STD-1815A-1983}},
|
|---|
| 5343 | month = feb,
|
|---|
| 5344 | year = 1983,
|
|---|
| 5345 | note = {Published by Springer-Verlag}
|
|---|
| 5346 | }
|
|---|
| 5347 |
|
|---|
| 5348 | @manual{ada:old,
|
|---|
| 5349 | keywords = {Ada, packages, tasks, exceptions},
|
|---|
| 5350 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5351 | title = {The Programming Language {Ada}: Reference Manual},
|
|---|
| 5352 | organization= {United States Department of Defense},
|
|---|
| 5353 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 5354 | year = 1981
|
|---|
| 5355 | }
|
|---|
| 5356 |
|
|---|
| 5357 | @book{Ghezzi,
|
|---|
| 5358 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 5359 | author = {Carlo Ghezzi and Mehdi Jazayeri},
|
|---|
| 5360 | title = {Programming Language Concepts},
|
|---|
| 5361 | publisher = {Wiley},
|
|---|
| 5362 | year = 1982
|
|---|
| 5363 | }
|
|---|
| 5364 |
|
|---|
| 5365 | @article{ConcurrentPascal,
|
|---|
| 5366 | keywords = {Concurrent Pascal},
|
|---|
| 5367 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5368 | author = {Per {Brinch Hansen}},
|
|---|
| 5369 | title = {The Programming Language Concurrent Pascal},
|
|---|
| 5370 | journal = ieeese,
|
|---|
| 5371 | volume = 2,
|
|---|
| 5372 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 5373 | year = 1975,
|
|---|
| 5374 | pages = {199-206}
|
|---|
| 5375 | }
|
|---|
| 5376 |
|
|---|
| 5377 | @phdthesis{Buhr85:thesis,
|
|---|
| 5378 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 5379 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5380 | author = {P. A. Buhr},
|
|---|
| 5381 | title = {A Programming System},
|
|---|
| 5382 | school = {University of Manitoba},
|
|---|
| 5383 | year = {1985}
|
|---|
| 5384 | }
|
|---|
| 5385 |
|
|---|
| 5386 | @techreport{pierce91,
|
|---|
| 5387 | keywords = {typed lambda calculus},
|
|---|
| 5388 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5389 | author = {Benjamin C. Pierce},
|
|---|
| 5390 | title = {Programming with Intersection Types, Union Types, and Polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 5391 | institution = {Carnegie Mellon University},
|
|---|
| 5392 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 5393 | month = feb, number = "CMU-CS-91-106",
|
|---|
| 5394 | annote = {
|
|---|
| 5395 | Discusses a typed lambda calculus with
|
|---|
| 5396 | \begin{itemize}
|
|---|
| 5397 | \item
|
|---|
| 5398 | Intersection types \(\tau = \tau_1\wedge\tau_2\) with \(\tau \le
|
|---|
| 5399 | \tau_i\) for all \(i\).
|
|---|
| 5400 | \item
|
|---|
| 5401 | Union types \(\tau = \tau_1\vee\tau_2\) with \(\tau_i \le \tau\),
|
|---|
| 5402 | and with implicit coercions from \(tau_i\) to \(\tau\). Only
|
|---|
| 5403 | operations valid for both element types can be applied to the
|
|---|
| 5404 | union; there are no projections. Union types are to variant
|
|---|
| 5405 | records as set union is to disjoint set union.
|
|---|
| 5406 | \item
|
|---|
| 5407 | Function types and universal quantification, with subtyping rules.
|
|---|
| 5408 | When functions and arguments intersections, the result of
|
|---|
| 5409 | application is the intersection of all valid combinations.
|
|---|
| 5410 | \item
|
|---|
| 5411 | Distribution rules for combinations of types.
|
|---|
| 5412 | \item
|
|---|
| 5413 | "Union elimination": "case \(x = e\) of \(e'\)", where \(e\) is a
|
|---|
| 5414 | union, has type \(\tau\) if \(e'\) has that type with \(x\) having
|
|---|
| 5415 | every element type of the union.
|
|---|
| 5416 | \item
|
|---|
| 5417 | "Finitary quantification": "for \(t\) in \(\tau_1,\ldots,\tau_n.e\)"
|
|---|
| 5418 | typechecks \(e\) with \(t\) bound to each choice, and intersects
|
|---|
| 5419 | the results.
|
|---|
| 5420 | \end{itemize}
|
|---|
| 5421 |
|
|---|
| 5422 | Examples include: type of "natural" numbers, treated as a union of
|
|---|
| 5423 | "zero" and "positive" types; default parameters, faked by using an
|
|---|
| 5424 | argument that is an intersection of a data type and a function
|
|---|
| 5425 | taking an explicit argument.
|
|---|
| 5426 |
|
|---|
| 5427 | Unions can be mostly faked, according to Mitchell:
|
|---|
| 5428 | \[\tau_1\vee\tau_2 \equiv
|
|---|
| 5429 | \forall\tau.(\tau_1\on\tau)\wedge(\tau_2\on\tau)\]
|
|---|
| 5430 | }
|
|---|
| 5431 | }
|
|---|
| 5432 |
|
|---|
| 5433 | @article{promises,
|
|---|
| 5434 | keywords = {futures, Argus, call streams, rpc},
|
|---|
| 5435 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5436 | author = {Barbara Liskov and Liuba Shrira},
|
|---|
| 5437 | title = {Promises: Linguistic Support for Efficient Asynchronous
|
|---|
| 5438 | Procedure Calls in Distributed Systems},
|
|---|
| 5439 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 5440 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 5441 | month = jul, volume = 23, number = 7, pages = {260-267},
|
|---|
| 5442 | note = {Proceedings of the SIGPLAN '88 Conference on Programming Language
|
|---|
| 5443 | Design and Implementation},
|
|---|
| 5444 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 5445 | This paper deals with the integration of an efficient asynchronous
|
|---|
| 5446 | remote procedure call mechanism into a programming language. It
|
|---|
| 5447 | describes a new data type called a {\em promise} that was designed
|
|---|
| 5448 | to support asynchronous calls. Promises allow a caller to run in
|
|---|
| 5449 | parallel with a call and to pick up the results of the call,
|
|---|
| 5450 | including any exceptions it raises, in a convenient and type-safe
|
|---|
| 5451 | manner. The paper also discusses efficient composition of
|
|---|
| 5452 | sequences of asynchronous calls to different locations in a
|
|---|
| 5453 | network.
|
|---|
| 5454 | }
|
|---|
| 5455 | }
|
|---|
| 5456 |
|
|---|
| 5457 | @article{Cook89,
|
|---|
| 5458 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 5459 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5460 | author = {W. R. Cook},
|
|---|
| 5461 | title = {A Proposal for Making {Eiffel} Type-safe},
|
|---|
| 5462 | journal = {The Computer Journal},
|
|---|
| 5463 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 5464 | volume = 32, number = 4, pages = {305-311},
|
|---|
| 5465 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 5466 |
|
|---|
| 5467 | }
|
|---|
| 5468 | }
|
|---|
| 5469 |
|
|---|
| 5470 | @inproceedings{Foxall79,
|
|---|
| 5471 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 5472 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5473 | author = {D. G. Foxall and M. L. Joliat and R. F. Kamel and J. J. Miceli},
|
|---|
| 5474 | title = {{PROTEL}: A High Level Language for Telephony},
|
|---|
| 5475 | booktitle = {Proceedings 3rd International Computer Software and Applications Conference},
|
|---|
| 5476 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 5477 | year = 1979,
|
|---|
| 5478 | pages = {193-197},
|
|---|
| 5479 | }
|
|---|
| 5480 |
|
|---|
| 5481 | @techreport{PS-Algol,
|
|---|
| 5482 | keywords = {algol, persistence},
|
|---|
| 5483 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5484 | key = {PS-Algol},
|
|---|
| 5485 | title = {The {PS-Algol} Reference Manual, 4th Ed.},
|
|---|
| 5486 | author = {},
|
|---|
| 5487 | institution = {University of Glasgow and St. Andrews, Scotland},
|
|---|
| 5488 | number = {PPRR 12},
|
|---|
| 5489 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 5490 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 5491 | }
|
|---|
| 5492 |
|
|---|
| 5493 | @manual{Python,
|
|---|
| 5494 | keywords = {Python},
|
|---|
| 5495 | contributer = {pabuhr},
|
|---|
| 5496 | title = {Python Reference Manual, Release 2.5},
|
|---|
| 5497 | author = {Guido van Rossum},
|
|---|
| 5498 | organization= {Python Software Foundation},
|
|---|
| 5499 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 5500 | year = 2006,
|
|---|
| 5501 | note = {Fred L. Drake, Jr., editor},
|
|---|
| 5502 | }
|
|---|
| 5503 |
|
|---|
| 5504 | % Q
|
|---|
| 5505 |
|
|---|
| 5506 | @article{Grossman06,
|
|---|
| 5507 | keywords = {Cyclone, existential types, polymorphism, type variables},
|
|---|
| 5508 | contributer = {a3moss@plg},
|
|---|
| 5509 | author = {Grossman, Dan},
|
|---|
| 5510 | title = {Quantified Types in an Imperative Language},
|
|---|
| 5511 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 5512 | issue_date = {May 2006},
|
|---|
| 5513 | volume = {28},
|
|---|
| 5514 | number = {3},
|
|---|
| 5515 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 5516 | year = {2006},
|
|---|
| 5517 | issn = {0164-0925},
|
|---|
| 5518 | pages = {429--475},
|
|---|
| 5519 | numpages = {47},
|
|---|
| 5520 | url = {http://doi.acm.org.proxy.lib.uwaterloo.ca/10.1145/1133651.1133653},
|
|---|
| 5521 | doi = {10.1145/1133651.1133653},
|
|---|
| 5522 | acmid = {1133653},
|
|---|
| 5523 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 5524 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 5525 | }
|
|---|
| 5526 |
|
|---|
| 5527 | @article{Hoare61,
|
|---|
| 5528 | keywords = {quick sort},
|
|---|
| 5529 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5530 | author = {C. A. R. Hoare},
|
|---|
| 5531 | title = {Algorithms 63/64: Partition/Quicksort},
|
|---|
| 5532 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 5533 | volume = 4,
|
|---|
| 5534 | number = 7,
|
|---|
| 5535 | month = jul,
|
|---|
| 5536 | year = 1961,
|
|---|
| 5537 | pages = {321},
|
|---|
| 5538 | }
|
|---|
| 5539 |
|
|---|
| 5540 | % R
|
|---|
| 5541 |
|
|---|
| 5542 | @article{Ada:rationale:preliminary,
|
|---|
| 5543 | keywords = {Ada},
|
|---|
| 5544 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5545 | author = {J. D. Ichbiah and J. C. Heliard and O. Roubine and
|
|---|
| 5546 | J. G. P. Barnes and B. Krieg-Brueckner and B. A. Wichmann},
|
|---|
| 5547 | title = {Rationale for the Design of the {ADA} Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 5548 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 5549 | volume = 14,
|
|---|
| 5550 | number = 6,
|
|---|
| 5551 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 5552 | year = 1979,
|
|---|
| 5553 | note = {Part B},
|
|---|
| 5554 | }
|
|---|
| 5555 |
|
|---|
| 5556 | @book{Ada:rationale,
|
|---|
| 5557 | keywords = {Ada},
|
|---|
| 5558 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5559 | author = {Jean D. Ichbiah and John G. P. Barnes and Robert J. Firth and Mike Woodger},
|
|---|
| 5560 | title = {Rationale for the Design of the {ADA} Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 5561 | publisher = {Under Secretary of Defense, Research and Engineering},
|
|---|
| 5562 | year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 5563 | address = {Ada Joint Program Office, OUSDRE(R\&AT), The Pentagon, Washington, D. C., 20301, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 5564 | }
|
|---|
| 5565 |
|
|---|
| 5566 | @manual{Ada95,
|
|---|
| 5567 | keywords = {Ada},
|
|---|
| 5568 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5569 | title = {{A}da Reference Manual},
|
|---|
| 5570 | edition = {International Standard {ISO}/{IEC} {8652:1995(E)} with {COR.1:2000}},
|
|---|
| 5571 | organization = {Intermetrics, Inc.},
|
|---|
| 5572 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 5573 | year = 1995,
|
|---|
| 5574 | note = {Language and Standards Libraries}
|
|---|
| 5575 | }
|
|---|
| 5576 |
|
|---|
| 5577 | @manual{Ada12,
|
|---|
| 5578 | keywords = {Ada},
|
|---|
| 5579 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5580 | title = {Programming languages -- {Ada}},
|
|---|
| 5581 | edition = {third},
|
|---|
| 5582 | organization= {International Standard ISO/IEC 1989:2014},
|
|---|
| 5583 | publisher = {International Standard Organization},
|
|---|
| 5584 | address = {http://www.iso.org},
|
|---|
| 5585 | year = 2012,
|
|---|
| 5586 | }
|
|---|
| 5587 |
|
|---|
| 5588 | @manual{Ada95:annotated,
|
|---|
| 5589 | keywords = {Ada},
|
|---|
| 5590 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5591 | title = {Annotated {A}da Reference Manual},
|
|---|
| 5592 | edition = {International Standard {ISO}/{IEC} {8652:1995(E)} with {COR.1:2000}},
|
|---|
| 5593 | organization = {Intermetrics, Inc.},
|
|---|
| 5594 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 5595 | year = 1995,
|
|---|
| 5596 | note = {Language and Standards Libraries}
|
|---|
| 5597 | }
|
|---|
| 5598 |
|
|---|
| 5599 | @book{JavaRT00,
|
|---|
| 5600 | keywords = {real time, draft},
|
|---|
| 5601 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5602 | author = {Greg Bollella and Ben Brosgol and Peter Dibble and Steve Furr and James Gosling and David Hardin and Mark Turnbull},
|
|---|
| 5603 | title = {The Real-Time Specification for {J}ava},
|
|---|
| 5604 | series = {The Real-Time for Java Expert Group, {\small\textsf{http://\-www.rtj.org}}},
|
|---|
| 5605 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 5606 | year = 2000,
|
|---|
| 5607 | }
|
|---|
| 5608 |
|
|---|
| 5609 | @manual{JavaRT99,
|
|---|
| 5610 | organization= {Real Time for Java Experts Group},
|
|---|
| 5611 | address = {{\small\textsf{http://\-www.rtj.org}}},
|
|---|
| 5612 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 5613 | year = 1999,
|
|---|
| 5614 | }
|
|---|
| 5615 |
|
|---|
| 5616 | @article{Robinson48,
|
|---|
| 5617 | keywords = {recursion, Ackermann function},
|
|---|
| 5618 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5619 | author = {Raphael Mitchel Robinson},
|
|---|
| 5620 | title = {Recursion and Double Recursion},
|
|---|
| 5621 | publisher = {American Mathematical Society},
|
|---|
| 5622 | journal = {Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society},
|
|---|
| 5623 | volume = 54,
|
|---|
| 5624 | pages = {987-993},
|
|---|
| 5625 | year = 1948,
|
|---|
| 5626 | }
|
|---|
| 5627 |
|
|---|
| 5628 | @article{Dijkstra:red,
|
|---|
| 5629 | keywords = {ada},
|
|---|
| 5630 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5631 | author = {Edsger W. Dijkstra},
|
|---|
| 5632 | title = {On the RED Language submitted to the DoD},
|
|---|
| 5633 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 5634 | year = 1978,
|
|---|
| 5635 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 5636 | volume = 13,
|
|---|
| 5637 | number = 10,
|
|---|
| 5638 | pages = {27-32},
|
|---|
| 5639 | }
|
|---|
| 5640 |
|
|---|
| 5641 | @article{RemoteRendezvous,
|
|---|
| 5642 | keywords = {rendezvous, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 5643 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5644 | author = {N. D. Gammage and R. F. Kamel and L. M. Casey},
|
|---|
| 5645 | title = {Remote Rendezvous},
|
|---|
| 5646 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 5647 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 5648 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 5649 | volume = 17,
|
|---|
| 5650 | number = 10,
|
|---|
| 5651 | pages = {741-755}
|
|---|
| 5652 | }
|
|---|
| 5653 |
|
|---|
| 5654 | @article{Euclid,
|
|---|
| 5655 | keywords = {Euclid},
|
|---|
| 5656 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5657 | author = {B. W. Lampson and J. J. Horning and R. L. London and J. G. Mitchell and G. L. Popek},
|
|---|
| 5658 | title = {Report on the Programming Language Euclid},
|
|---|
| 5659 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 5660 | volume = 12,
|
|---|
| 5661 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 5662 | month = feb,
|
|---|
| 5663 | year = 1977,
|
|---|
| 5664 | pages = {1-79}
|
|---|
| 5665 | }
|
|---|
| 5666 |
|
|---|
| 5667 | @techreport{LOGLAN88,
|
|---|
| 5668 | keywords = {LOGLAN},
|
|---|
| 5669 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5670 | author = {Boleslaw Ciesielski and Antoni Kreczmar and Marek Lao and Andrzej Litwiniuk and Teresa Przytycka and Andrzej Salwicki and Jolanta Warpechowska and Marek Warpechowski and Andrzej Szalas and Danuta Szczepanska--Wasersztrum},
|
|---|
| 5671 | title = {Report on the Programming Language LOGLAN'88},
|
|---|
| 5672 | institution = {Institute of Informatics, University of Warsaw},
|
|---|
| 5673 | address = {Pkin 8th Floor, 00-901 Warsaw, Poland},
|
|---|
| 5674 | number = {},
|
|---|
| 5675 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 5676 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 5677 | }
|
|---|
| 5678 |
|
|---|
| 5679 | @article{FH91,
|
|---|
| 5680 | keywords = {lcc},
|
|---|
| 5681 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5682 | author = {Christopher W. Fraser and David R. Hanson},
|
|---|
| 5683 | title = {A Retargetable Compiler for {ANSI} {C}},
|
|---|
| 5684 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 5685 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 5686 | month = oct, volume = 26, number = 10, pages = {29-43},
|
|---|
| 5687 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 5688 | {\tt lcc} is a new retargetable compiler for ANSI C. Versions for
|
|---|
| 5689 | the VAX, Motorola 68020, SPARC, and MIPS are in production use at
|
|---|
| 5690 | Princeton University and at AT\&T Bell Laboratories. With a few
|
|---|
| 5691 | exceptions, little about {\tt lcc} is unusual---it integrates
|
|---|
| 5692 | several well engineered, existing techniques---but it is smaller
|
|---|
| 5693 | and faster than most other C compilers, and it generates code of
|
|---|
| 5694 | comparable quality. {\tt lcc}'s target-independent front end
|
|---|
| 5695 | performs a few simple, but effective, optimizations that contribute
|
|---|
| 5696 | to good code; examples include simulating register declarations and
|
|---|
| 5697 | partitioning switch statements into dense tables. It also
|
|---|
| 5698 | implements target-independent function tracing and expression-level
|
|---|
| 5699 | profiling.
|
|---|
| 5700 | }
|
|---|
| 5701 | }
|
|---|
| 5702 |
|
|---|
| 5703 | @article{Algol68revised,
|
|---|
| 5704 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 5705 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5706 | author = {A. van Wijngaarden and B. J. Mailloux and J. E. L. Peck and
|
|---|
| 5707 | C. H. A. Koster and M. Sintzoff and C. H. Lindsey and L. G. L. T.
|
|---|
| 5708 | Meertens and R. G. Fisher},
|
|---|
| 5709 | title = {Revised Report on the Algorithmic Language {ALGOL} 68},
|
|---|
| 5710 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 5711 | year = 1977,
|
|---|
| 5712 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 5713 | volume = 12,
|
|---|
| 5714 | number = 5,
|
|---|
| 5715 | pages = {1-70}
|
|---|
| 5716 | }
|
|---|
| 5717 |
|
|---|
| 5718 | @article{scheme,
|
|---|
| 5719 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 5720 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5721 | author = {Jonathan Rees and William Clinger},
|
|---|
| 5722 | title = {Revised$^3$ Report on the Algorithmic Language {S}cheme},
|
|---|
| 5723 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 5724 | year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 5725 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 5726 | volume = 21,
|
|---|
| 5727 | number = 12,
|
|---|
| 5728 | pages = {37-79},
|
|---|
| 5729 | }
|
|---|
| 5730 |
|
|---|
| 5731 | @article{scheme5,
|
|---|
| 5732 | keywords = {scheme},
|
|---|
| 5733 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5734 | author = {H. Abelson and Adams, IV, N. I. and D. H. Bartley and G. Brooks and R. K. Dybvig and D. P. Friedman and
|
|---|
| 5735 | R. Halstead and C. Hanson and C. T. Haynes and E. Kohlbecker and D. Oxley and K. M. Pitman and G. J. Rozas and
|
|---|
| 5736 | G. L. Steele Jr. and G. J. Sussman and M. Wand and \emph{Ed. by} Richard Kelsey and William Clinger and Jonathan Rees},
|
|---|
| 5737 | title = {Revised$^5$ Report on the Algorithmic Language {S}cheme},
|
|---|
| 5738 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 5739 | year = 1998,
|
|---|
| 5740 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 5741 | volume = 33,
|
|---|
| 5742 | number = 9,
|
|---|
| 5743 | pages = {26-76},
|
|---|
| 5744 | }
|
|---|
| 5745 |
|
|---|
| 5746 | @manual{Rust,
|
|---|
| 5747 | keywords = {Rust programming language},
|
|---|
| 5748 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5749 | title = {The {Rust} Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 5750 | organization= {The Rust Project Developers},
|
|---|
| 5751 | year = 2015,
|
|---|
| 5752 | note = {\href{https://doc.rust-lang.org/reference.html}{https://\-doc.rust-lang.org/\-reference.html}},
|
|---|
| 5753 | }
|
|---|
| 5754 |
|
|---|
| 5755 | % S
|
|---|
| 5756 |
|
|---|
| 5757 | @inproceedings{Michael04,
|
|---|
| 5758 | keywords = {lock free, dynamic memory allocation},
|
|---|
| 5759 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5760 | author = {Maged M. Michael},
|
|---|
| 5761 | title = {Scalable Lock-free Dynamic Memory Allocation},
|
|---|
| 5762 | booktitle = {PLDI '04: Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN 2004 Conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation},
|
|---|
| 5763 | location = {Washington DC, USA},
|
|---|
| 5764 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 5765 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 5766 | volume = 39,
|
|---|
| 5767 | year = 2004,
|
|---|
| 5768 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 5769 | pages = {35-46},
|
|---|
| 5770 | }
|
|---|
| 5771 |
|
|---|
| 5772 | @article{Anderson92,
|
|---|
| 5773 | keywords = {light-weight tasks},
|
|---|
| 5774 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5775 | author = {Thomas E. Anderson and Brian N. Bershad and Edward D. Lazowska and Henry M. Levy},
|
|---|
| 5776 | title = {Scheduler Activations: Effective Kernel Support for the User-Level Management of Parallelism},
|
|---|
| 5777 | journal = tocs,
|
|---|
| 5778 | volume = 10,
|
|---|
| 5779 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 5780 | month = feb,
|
|---|
| 5781 | year = 1992,
|
|---|
| 5782 | pages = {53-79},
|
|---|
| 5783 | }
|
|---|
| 5784 |
|
|---|
| 5785 | @manual{SELF,
|
|---|
| 5786 | keywords = {programming language, obect-oriented, polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 5787 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5788 | author = {Ole Agesen and Lars Bak and Craig Chambers and Bay-Wei Chang and Urs H{\o}lzle
|
|---|
| 5789 | and John H. Maloney and Randall B. Smith and David Ungar and Mario Wolczko},
|
|---|
| 5790 | title = {The {SELF} 3.0 Programmer's Reference Manual},
|
|---|
| 5791 | organization= {Sun Microsystems, Inc., and Stanford University},
|
|---|
| 5792 | year = 1993,
|
|---|
| 5793 | }
|
|---|
| 5794 |
|
|---|
| 5795 | @inproceedings{Cardelli84,
|
|---|
| 5796 | keywords = {subtypes, recursive types, records, variants, object oriented},
|
|---|
| 5797 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5798 | author = {Luca Cardelli},
|
|---|
| 5799 | title = {A Semantics of Multiple Inheritance},
|
|---|
| 5800 | booktitle = {Semantics of Data Types},
|
|---|
| 5801 | year = 1984,
|
|---|
| 5802 | pages = {51-67},
|
|---|
| 5803 | editor = {G. Kahn and D. B. MacQueen and G. D. Plotkin},
|
|---|
| 5804 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 5805 | note = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science v. 173},
|
|---|
| 5806 | }
|
|---|
| 5807 |
|
|---|
| 5808 | @techreport{Adve95,
|
|---|
| 5809 | keywords = {shared memory, consistency models},
|
|---|
| 5810 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5811 | author = {Sarita V. Adve and Kourosh Gharachorloo},
|
|---|
| 5812 | title = {Shared Memory Consistency Models: A Tutorial},
|
|---|
| 5813 | institution = {Western Research Laboratory},
|
|---|
| 5814 | address = {250 University Avenue, Palo Alto, California, 94301, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 5815 | number = {7},
|
|---|
| 5816 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 5817 | year = 1995,
|
|---|
| 5818 | note = {\href{http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/Compaq-DEC/WRL-95-7.pdf}{\textsf{http://www.hpl.hp.com/\-techreports/\-Compaq-DEC/\-WRL-95-7.pdf}}, Reprinted in \cite{Adve95reprint}.},
|
|---|
| 5819 | }
|
|---|
| 5820 |
|
|---|
| 5821 | @article{Adve95reprint,
|
|---|
| 5822 | keywords = {shared memory, consistency models},
|
|---|
| 5823 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5824 | author = {Sarita V. Adve and Kourosh Gharachorloo},
|
|---|
| 5825 | journal = {Computer},
|
|---|
| 5826 | title = {Shared Memory Consistency Models: A Tutorial},
|
|---|
| 5827 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 5828 | year = 1996,
|
|---|
| 5829 | volume = 29,
|
|---|
| 5830 | number = 12,
|
|---|
| 5831 | pages = {66-76},
|
|---|
| 5832 | }
|
|---|
| 5833 |
|
|---|
| 5834 | @inproceedings{Howard76b,
|
|---|
| 5835 | keywords = {monitors},
|
|---|
| 5836 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5837 | author = {J. H. Howard},
|
|---|
| 5838 | title = {Signaling in Monitors},
|
|---|
| 5839 | booktitle = {Proceedings Second International Conference Software Engineering},
|
|---|
| 5840 | address = {San Francisco, U.S.A},
|
|---|
| 5841 | publisher = {IEEE Computer Society},
|
|---|
| 5842 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 5843 | year = 1976,
|
|---|
| 5844 | pages = {47-52}
|
|---|
| 5845 | }
|
|---|
| 5846 |
|
|---|
| 5847 | @techreport{Schemenauer01,
|
|---|
| 5848 | keywords = {Phthon, generator, coroutine},
|
|---|
| 5849 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5850 | author = {Neil Schemenauer and Tim Peters and Magnus Lie Hetland},
|
|---|
| 5851 | title = {Simple Generators},
|
|---|
| 5852 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 5853 | year = 2001,
|
|---|
| 5854 | note = {{\small\textsf{http://www.python.org/peps/pep-0255.html}}},
|
|---|
| 5855 | }
|
|---|
| 5856 |
|
|---|
| 5857 | @inproceedings{Michael96,
|
|---|
| 5858 | keywords = {compare_and_swap, concurrent queue, lock-free, multiprogramming, non-blocking},
|
|---|
| 5859 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5860 | author = {Maged M. Michael and Michael L. Scott},
|
|---|
| 5861 | title = {Simple, Fast, and Practical Non-blocking and Blocking Concurrent Queue Algorithms},
|
|---|
| 5862 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the Fifteenth Annual ACM Symposium on Principles of Distributed Computing},
|
|---|
| 5863 | series = {PODC'96},
|
|---|
| 5864 | year = 1996,
|
|---|
| 5865 | location = {Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA},
|
|---|
| 5866 | pages = {267--275},
|
|---|
| 5867 | numpages = {9},
|
|---|
| 5868 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 5869 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 5870 | }
|
|---|
| 5871 |
|
|---|
| 5872 | @article{Pennello80,
|
|---|
| 5873 | contributer = {a3moss@uwaterloo.ca},
|
|---|
| 5874 | author = {Pennello, Tom and DeRemer, Frank and Meyers, Richard},
|
|---|
| 5875 | title = {A Simplified Operator Identification Scheme for {Ada}},
|
|---|
| 5876 | journal = {SIGPLAN Notices},
|
|---|
| 5877 | issue_date = {July-August 1980},
|
|---|
| 5878 | volume = {15},
|
|---|
| 5879 | number = {7 and 8},
|
|---|
| 5880 | month = jul,
|
|---|
| 5881 | year = {1980},
|
|---|
| 5882 | issn = {0362-1340},
|
|---|
| 5883 | pages = {82--87},
|
|---|
| 5884 | numpages = {6},
|
|---|
| 5885 | url = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/947680.947688},
|
|---|
| 5886 | doi = {10.1145/947680.947688},
|
|---|
| 5887 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 5888 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 5889 | }
|
|---|
| 5890 |
|
|---|
| 5891 | @inproceedings{Dice10,
|
|---|
| 5892 | keywords = {hardware, synchronization, transactional memory},
|
|---|
| 5893 | author = {Dave Dice and Yossi Lev and Virendra J. Marathe and Mark Moir and Dan Nussbaum and Marek Olszewski},
|
|---|
| 5894 | title = {Simplifying Concurrent Algorithms by Exploiting Hardware Transactional Memory},
|
|---|
| 5895 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the Twenty-second Annual ACM Symposium on Parallelism in Algorithms and Architectures},
|
|---|
| 5896 | series = {SPAA'10},
|
|---|
| 5897 | year = 2010,
|
|---|
| 5898 | location = {Thira, Santorini, Greece},
|
|---|
| 5899 | pages = {325-334},
|
|---|
| 5900 | numpages = {10},
|
|---|
| 5901 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 5902 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 5903 | }
|
|---|
| 5904 |
|
|---|
| 5905 | @article{PDM:overload,
|
|---|
| 5906 | keywords = {compilation},
|
|---|
| 5907 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5908 | author = {Tom Pennello and Frank DeRemer and Richard Meyers},
|
|---|
| 5909 | title = {A Simplified Operator Identification Scheme for {Ada}},
|
|---|
| 5910 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 5911 | year = 1980,
|
|---|
| 5912 | month = {July--August},
|
|---|
| 5913 | volume = 15,
|
|---|
| 5914 | number = {7/8},
|
|---|
| 5915 | pages = {82-87},
|
|---|
| 5916 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 5917 | The two-pass (bottom-up, top-down) overload resolution algorithm
|
|---|
| 5918 | for Ada, with a proof that two passes suffice and a claim that two
|
|---|
| 5919 | are necessary. See \cite{D:overload}.
|
|---|
| 5920 | }
|
|---|
| 5921 | }
|
|---|
| 5922 |
|
|---|
| 5923 | @book{SimulaBegin,
|
|---|
| 5924 | author = {Graham M. Birtwistle and Ole-Johan Dahl and Bj{\o}rn Myhrhaug and Kristen Nygaard},
|
|---|
| 5925 | title = {{SIMULA} begin},
|
|---|
| 5926 | publisher = {Studentlitteratur},
|
|---|
| 5927 | year = {1980},
|
|---|
| 5928 | address = {Lund, Sweden},
|
|---|
| 5929 | edition = {second},
|
|---|
| 5930 | }
|
|---|
| 5931 |
|
|---|
| 5932 | @book{Simula67,
|
|---|
| 5933 | author = "O-J Dahl and B. Myhrhaug and K. Nygaard",
|
|---|
| 5934 | address = "Oslo Norway",
|
|---|
| 5935 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 5936 | year = 1970,
|
|---|
| 5937 | publisher = "Norwegian Computing Center",
|
|---|
| 5938 | title = "Simula67 Common Base Language"
|
|---|
| 5939 | }
|
|---|
| 5940 |
|
|---|
| 5941 | @book{smalltalk,
|
|---|
| 5942 | keywords = {Smalltalk, abstract class, protocol},
|
|---|
| 5943 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5944 | author = {A. Goldberg and D. Robson},
|
|---|
| 5945 | title = {Smalltalk-80: The Language and its Implementation},
|
|---|
| 5946 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 5947 | year = 1983
|
|---|
| 5948 | }
|
|---|
| 5949 |
|
|---|
| 5950 | @inproceedings{Edelson92,
|
|---|
| 5951 | keywords = {persistence, pointers},
|
|---|
| 5952 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5953 | author = {Daniel R. Edelson},
|
|---|
| 5954 | title = {Smart Pointers: They're Smart, but They're Not Pointers},
|
|---|
| 5955 | booktitle = {USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Technical Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 5956 | organization= {USENIX Association},
|
|---|
| 5957 | address = {Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 5958 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 5959 | year = 1992,
|
|---|
| 5960 | pages = {1-19},
|
|---|
| 5961 | }
|
|---|
| 5962 |
|
|---|
| 5963 | @book{SNOBOL,
|
|---|
| 5964 | keywords = {SNOBOL4},
|
|---|
| 5965 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5966 | author = {R. E. Griswold and J. F. Poage and I. P. Polonsky},
|
|---|
| 5967 | title = {The SNOBOL4 Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 5968 | edition = {second},
|
|---|
| 5969 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall},
|
|---|
| 5970 | year = 1971,
|
|---|
| 5971 | }
|
|---|
| 5972 |
|
|---|
| 5973 | @article{Sutter05b,
|
|---|
| 5974 | keywords = {concurrency},
|
|---|
| 5975 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 5976 | author = {Herb Sutter and James Larus},
|
|---|
| 5977 | title = {Software and the Concurrency Revolution},
|
|---|
| 5978 | journal = Queue,
|
|---|
| 5979 | year = 2005,
|
|---|
| 5980 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 5981 | volume = 3,
|
|---|
| 5982 | number = 7,
|
|---|
| 5983 | pages = {54-62},
|
|---|
| 5984 | }
|
|---|
| 5985 |
|
|---|
| 5986 | @inproceedings{raytheon,
|
|---|
| 5987 | keywords = {cobol},
|
|---|
| 5988 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 5989 | author = {Robert G. Lanergan and Charles A. Grasso},
|
|---|
| 5990 | title = {Software Engineering with Reusable Designs and Code},
|
|---|
| 5991 | booktitle = {Workshop on Reusability in Programming},
|
|---|
| 5992 | year = 1983,
|
|---|
| 5993 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 5994 | pages = {224-234},
|
|---|
| 5995 | organization= {{ITT} Programming},
|
|---|
| 5996 | summary = {
|
|---|
| 5997 | 60\% of business application design and code are redundant.
|
|---|
| 5998 | Three standard program plans are used. Reuse doubles productivity
|
|---|
| 5999 | during development and greatly helps program comprehension during
|
|---|
| 6000 | maintenance.
|
|---|
| 6001 | }
|
|---|
| 6002 | }
|
|---|
| 6003 |
|
|---|
| 6004 | @article{Hecht86,
|
|---|
| 6005 | keywords = {exception handling, robustness},
|
|---|
| 6006 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6007 | author = {H. Hecht and M. Hecht},
|
|---|
| 6008 | title = {Software Reliability in the Systems Context},
|
|---|
| 6009 | journal = ieeese,
|
|---|
| 6010 | year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 6011 | volume = 12,
|
|---|
| 6012 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 6013 | pages = {51-58},
|
|---|
| 6014 | }
|
|---|
| 6015 |
|
|---|
| 6016 | @inproceedings{Herlihy03,
|
|---|
| 6017 | author = {Maurice Herlihy and Victor Luchangco and Mark Moir and William N. {Scherer III}},
|
|---|
| 6018 | title = {Software Transactional Memory for Dynamic-sized Data Structures},
|
|---|
| 6019 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the Twenty-second Annual Symposium on Principles of Distributed Computing},
|
|---|
| 6020 | series = {PODC '03},
|
|---|
| 6021 | year = {2003},
|
|---|
| 6022 | location = {Boston, Massachusetts},
|
|---|
| 6023 | pages = {92-101},
|
|---|
| 6024 | numpages = {10},
|
|---|
| 6025 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 6026 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 6027 | }
|
|---|
| 6028 |
|
|---|
| 6029 | @article{Dijkstra65a,
|
|---|
| 6030 | keywords = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion},
|
|---|
| 6031 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6032 | author = {Edsger W. Dijkstra},
|
|---|
| 6033 | title = {Solution of a Problem in Concurrent Programming Control},
|
|---|
| 6034 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 6035 | volume = 8,
|
|---|
| 6036 | number = 9,
|
|---|
| 6037 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 6038 | year = 1965,
|
|---|
| 6039 | pages = {569},
|
|---|
| 6040 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 6041 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 6042 | }
|
|---|
| 6043 |
|
|---|
| 6044 | @inproceedings{Chen05,
|
|---|
| 6045 | keywords = {fixed-priority, preemption},
|
|---|
| 6046 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6047 | author = {Jiongxiong Chen and Ashif Harji and Peter Buhr},
|
|---|
| 6048 | title = {Solution Space for Fixed-Priority with Preemption Threshold},
|
|---|
| 6049 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the 11th Real Time and Embedded Technology and Applications Symposium (RTAS'05)},
|
|---|
| 6050 | organization= {IEEE},
|
|---|
| 6051 | address = {San Francisco, CA, U.S.A},
|
|---|
| 6052 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 6053 | year = 2005,
|
|---|
| 6054 | pages = {385-394}
|
|---|
| 6055 | }
|
|---|
| 6056 |
|
|---|
| 6057 | @inproceedings{Tiemann88,
|
|---|
| 6058 | keywords = {wrappers},
|
|---|
| 6059 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6060 | author = {Michael D. Tiemann},
|
|---|
| 6061 | title = {Solving the RPC problem in GNU {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 6062 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the USENIX {C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}} Conference},
|
|---|
| 6063 | organization= {USENIX Association},
|
|---|
| 6064 | address = {Denver, Colorado, U.S.A},
|
|---|
| 6065 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 6066 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 6067 | pages = {343-361}
|
|---|
| 6068 | }
|
|---|
| 6069 |
|
|---|
| 6070 | @book{Campbell74,
|
|---|
| 6071 | keywords = {path expressions},
|
|---|
| 6072 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6073 | author = {R. H. Campbell and A. N. Habermann},
|
|---|
| 6074 | title = {The Specification of Process Synchronization by Path Expressions},
|
|---|
| 6075 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 6076 | year = 1974,
|
|---|
| 6077 | volume = 16,
|
|---|
| 6078 | pages = {89-102},
|
|---|
| 6079 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
|
|---|
| 6080 | }
|
|---|
| 6081 |
|
|---|
| 6082 | @article{Bentley85,
|
|---|
| 6083 | keywords = {CSP, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 6084 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6085 | author = {J. Bentley},
|
|---|
| 6086 | title = {A Spelling Checker},
|
|---|
| 6087 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 6088 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 6089 | year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 6090 | volume = 28,
|
|---|
| 6091 | number = 5,
|
|---|
| 6092 | pages = {456-462},
|
|---|
| 6093 | }
|
|---|
| 6094 |
|
|---|
| 6095 | @manual{POSIX01,
|
|---|
| 6096 | keywords = {POSIX, Standard},
|
|---|
| 6097 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6098 | key = {POSIX},
|
|---|
| 6099 | title = {1003.1 Standard for Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX), System Interface, Issue 6},
|
|---|
| 6100 | organization= {IEEE and The Open Group},
|
|---|
| 6101 | year = 2001,
|
|---|
| 6102 | }
|
|---|
| 6103 |
|
|---|
| 6104 | @manual{POSIX08,
|
|---|
| 6105 | keywords = {POSIX, Standard},
|
|---|
| 6106 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6107 | key = {POSIX},
|
|---|
| 6108 | title = {1003.1 Standard for Information Technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX), Base Specifications, Issue 7},
|
|---|
| 6109 | organization= {IEEE and The Open Group},
|
|---|
| 6110 | year = 2008,
|
|---|
| 6111 | }
|
|---|
| 6112 |
|
|---|
| 6113 | @inproceedings{ML:NJ,
|
|---|
| 6114 | keywords = {continuations, ML},
|
|---|
| 6115 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6116 | author = {A. Appel and D. MacQueen},
|
|---|
| 6117 | title = {A Standard {ML} Compiler},
|
|---|
| 6118 | booktitle = {Functional Programming Languages and Computer Architecture},
|
|---|
| 6119 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 6120 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
|
|---|
| 6121 | volume = 274,
|
|---|
| 6122 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 6123 | pages = {301-324},
|
|---|
| 6124 | }
|
|---|
| 6125 |
|
|---|
| 6126 | @techreport{MLreport,
|
|---|
| 6127 | keywords = {ML, polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 6128 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6129 | author = {R. Milner},
|
|---|
| 6130 | title = {The Standard {ML} Core Language},
|
|---|
| 6131 | institution = {},
|
|---|
| 6132 | number = {Polymorphism II.2},
|
|---|
| 6133 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 6134 | year = 1985
|
|---|
| 6135 | }
|
|---|
| 6136 |
|
|---|
| 6137 | @inproceedings{Ghelli,
|
|---|
| 6138 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 6139 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 6140 | author = {Giorgio Ghelli},
|
|---|
| 6141 | title = {A Static Type System for Message Passing},
|
|---|
| 6142 | crossref = "OOPSLA91",
|
|---|
| 6143 | pages = {129-145},
|
|---|
| 6144 | summary = {
|
|---|
| 6145 | A strong, statically checked type system for object oriented
|
|---|
| 6146 | languages is defined by modelling methods as overloaded functions
|
|---|
| 6147 | with a "self" parameter, with dynamic overload resolution. This
|
|---|
| 6148 | allows covariant method redefinition. However, if equality is
|
|---|
| 6149 | covariantly redefined for Point and ColoredPoint classes, and a
|
|---|
| 6150 | ColoredPoint is compared to a Point, Point equality will be used,
|
|---|
| 6151 | even if self is the colored point!
|
|---|
| 6152 | }
|
|---|
| 6153 | }
|
|---|
| 6154 |
|
|---|
| 6155 | @article{Dijkstra68b,
|
|---|
| 6156 | keywords = {semaphore, P/V},
|
|---|
| 6157 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6158 | author = {E. W. Dijkstra},
|
|---|
| 6159 | title = {The Structure of the ``{THE}''--Multiprogramming System},
|
|---|
| 6160 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 6161 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 6162 | year = 1968,
|
|---|
| 6163 | volume = 11,
|
|---|
| 6164 | number = 5,
|
|---|
| 6165 | pages = {341-346}
|
|---|
| 6166 | }
|
|---|
| 6167 |
|
|---|
| 6168 | @book{Holt78,
|
|---|
| 6169 | keywords = {operating systems, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 6170 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6171 | author = {R. C. Holt and G. S. Graham and E. D. Lazowska and M. A. Scott},
|
|---|
| 6172 | title = {Structured Concurrent Programming with Operating System Applications},
|
|---|
| 6173 | publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
|
|---|
| 6174 | year = 1978,
|
|---|
| 6175 | }
|
|---|
| 6176 |
|
|---|
| 6177 | @article{Stevens74,
|
|---|
| 6178 | keywords = {coupling, cohesion},
|
|---|
| 6179 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6180 | author = {W. P. Stevens and and G. J. Myers and L. L. Constantine},
|
|---|
| 6181 | title = {Structured Design},
|
|---|
| 6182 | journal = ibmsj,
|
|---|
| 6183 | year = 1974,
|
|---|
| 6184 | volume = 13,
|
|---|
| 6185 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 6186 | pages = {115-139},
|
|---|
| 6187 | }
|
|---|
| 6188 |
|
|---|
| 6189 | @article{Hansen72b,
|
|---|
| 6190 | keywords = {critical region},
|
|---|
| 6191 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6192 | author = {Per {Brinch Hansen}},
|
|---|
| 6193 | title = {Structured Multiprogramming},
|
|---|
| 6194 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 6195 | volume = 15,
|
|---|
| 6196 | number = 7,
|
|---|
| 6197 | month = jul,
|
|---|
| 6198 | year = 1972,
|
|---|
| 6199 | pages = {574-578},
|
|---|
| 6200 | }
|
|---|
| 6201 |
|
|---|
| 6202 | @article{Knuth74,
|
|---|
| 6203 | keywords = {structured programming, goto statement},
|
|---|
| 6204 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6205 | author = {Donald E. Knuth},
|
|---|
| 6206 | title = {Structured Programming with go to Statements},
|
|---|
| 6207 | journal = acmcs,
|
|---|
| 6208 | volume = 6,
|
|---|
| 6209 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 6210 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 6211 | year = 1974,
|
|---|
| 6212 | pages = {261-301},
|
|---|
| 6213 | issn = {0360-0300},
|
|---|
| 6214 | doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/356635.356640},
|
|---|
| 6215 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 6216 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 6217 | }
|
|---|
| 6218 |
|
|---|
| 6219 | @article{Lang98,
|
|---|
| 6220 | keywords = {real-time, exception handling},
|
|---|
| 6221 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6222 | author = {Jun Lang and David B. Stewart},
|
|---|
| 6223 | title = {A Study of the Applicability of Existing Exception-Handling Techniques to Component-Based Real-Time Software Technology},
|
|---|
| 6224 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 6225 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 6226 | year = 1998,
|
|---|
| 6227 | volume = 20,
|
|---|
| 6228 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 6229 | pages = {274-301},
|
|---|
| 6230 | }
|
|---|
| 6231 |
|
|---|
| 6232 | @mastersthesis{Fortier89,
|
|---|
| 6233 | keywords = {monitors},
|
|---|
| 6234 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6235 | author = {Michel Fortier},
|
|---|
| 6236 | title = {Study of Monitors},
|
|---|
| 6237 | school = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
|
|---|
| 6238 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 6239 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
|
|---|
| 6240 | }
|
|---|
| 6241 |
|
|---|
| 6242 | @techreport{AmadioCardelli,
|
|---|
| 6243 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 6244 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 6245 | author = {Roberto M. Amadio and Luca Cardelli},
|
|---|
| 6246 | title = {Subtyping Recursive Types},
|
|---|
| 6247 | institution = {Digital Equipment Corporation Systems Research Center},
|
|---|
| 6248 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 6249 | address = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94301},
|
|---|
| 6250 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 6251 | number = 62,
|
|---|
| 6252 | summary = {
|
|---|
| 6253 | \[ (s \leq t \Rightarrow \alpha \leq \beta) \Rightarrow
|
|---|
| 6254 | \mu s.\alpha leq \mu t.\beta \]
|
|---|
| 6255 | \[ \alpha = C[\alpha] \and \beta = C[\beta] \and C contractive
|
|---|
| 6256 | \Rightarrow \alpha = \beta \]
|
|---|
| 6257 | where a type \(\alpha\) is contractive in the type variable \(t\)
|
|---|
| 6258 | if either \(t\) does not occur free in \(\alpha\), or \(\alpha\)
|
|---|
| 6259 | can be rewritten via unfolding as a type of the shape
|
|---|
| 6260 | \(\alpha_1 \rightarrow \alpha_2\), and unfolding rewrites
|
|---|
| 6261 | \(\mu t.\alpha\) as \([t\leftarrow\mu t.\alpha]\alpha\). An
|
|---|
| 6262 | algorithm for finding type contexts \(C\) is given.
|
|---|
| 6263 | }
|
|---|
| 6264 | }
|
|---|
| 6265 |
|
|---|
| 6266 | @techreport{Dijkstra80,
|
|---|
| 6267 | keywords = {split binary semaphores, general to binary},
|
|---|
| 6268 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6269 | author = {Edsger W. Dijkstra},
|
|---|
| 6270 | title = {The Superfluity of the General Semaphore},
|
|---|
| 6271 | institution = {Nuenen},
|
|---|
| 6272 | address = {Netherlands},
|
|---|
| 6273 | number = {EWD734},
|
|---|
| 6274 | month = apr,
|
|---|
| 6275 | year = 1980,
|
|---|
| 6276 | }
|
|---|
| 6277 |
|
|---|
| 6278 | @inproceedings{Burns81,
|
|---|
| 6279 | keywords = {N-thread software-solution mutual exclusion},
|
|---|
| 6280 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6281 | author = {James E. Burns},
|
|---|
| 6282 | title = {Symmetry in Systems of Asynchronous Processes},
|
|---|
| 6283 | booktitle = {22nd Annual Symposium on Foundations of Computer Science, Nashville, TN, USA},
|
|---|
| 6284 | year = 1981,
|
|---|
| 6285 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 6286 | organization= {IEEE Computer Society},
|
|---|
| 6287 | address = {Los Angeles, CA, USA},
|
|---|
| 6288 | pages = {169-174},
|
|---|
| 6289 | }
|
|---|
| 6290 |
|
|---|
| 6291 | @article{Coffman71,
|
|---|
| 6292 | keywords = {deadlock},
|
|---|
| 6293 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6294 | author = {E. G. {Coffman, Jr.} and M. J. Elphick and A. Shoshani},
|
|---|
| 6295 | title = {System Deadlocks},
|
|---|
| 6296 | journal = acmcs,
|
|---|
| 6297 | volume = 3,
|
|---|
| 6298 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 6299 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 6300 | year = 1971,
|
|---|
| 6301 | pages = {67-78},
|
|---|
| 6302 | publisher = {ACM Press},
|
|---|
| 6303 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 6304 | doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/356586.356588},
|
|---|
| 6305 | }
|
|---|
| 6306 |
|
|---|
| 6307 | @phdthesis{Holmes99,
|
|---|
| 6308 | keywords = {synchronization, inheritance anomaly},
|
|---|
| 6309 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6310 | author = {David Holmes},
|
|---|
| 6311 | title = {Synchronisation Rings: Composable Synchronisation for Object-Oriented Systems},
|
|---|
| 6312 | school = {Department of Computing, Macquarie University},
|
|---|
| 6313 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 6314 | year = 1999,
|
|---|
| 6315 | address = {Sydney, Australia},
|
|---|
| 6316 | }
|
|---|
| 6317 |
|
|---|
| 6318 | @book{Taubenfeld06,
|
|---|
| 6319 | keywords = {concurrency, synchronization},
|
|---|
| 6320 | author = {Gadi Taubenfeld},
|
|---|
| 6321 | title = {Synchronization Algorithms and Concurrent Programming},
|
|---|
| 6322 | publisher = {Pearson/Prentice Hall},
|
|---|
| 6323 | year = 2006,
|
|---|
| 6324 | }
|
|---|
| 6325 |
|
|---|
| 6326 | @article{Buhr92b,
|
|---|
| 6327 | keywords = {concurrency, exception handling, interventions},
|
|---|
| 6328 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6329 | author = {Peter A. Buhr and Hamish I. Macdonald and C. Robert Zarnke},
|
|---|
| 6330 | title = {Synchronous and Asynchronous Handling of Abnormal Events in the $\mu${S}ystem},
|
|---|
| 6331 | journal = spe,
|
|---|
| 6332 | volume = 22,
|
|---|
| 6333 | number = 9,
|
|---|
| 6334 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 6335 | year = 1992,
|
|---|
| 6336 | pages = {735-776},
|
|---|
| 6337 | }
|
|---|
| 6338 |
|
|---|
| 6339 | @inproceedings{Greenwald96,
|
|---|
| 6340 | keywords = {compare and swap, hardware atomicity},
|
|---|
| 6341 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6342 | author = {Michael Greenwald and David Cheriton},
|
|---|
| 6343 | title = {The Synergy between Non-blocking Synchronization and Operating System Structure},
|
|---|
| 6344 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the Second USENIX Symposium on Operating Systems Design and Implementation},
|
|---|
| 6345 | organization= {USENIX Association},
|
|---|
| 6346 | address = {Seattle, Washington, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 6347 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 6348 | year = 1996,
|
|---|
| 6349 | pages = {123-136},
|
|---|
| 6350 | }
|
|---|
| 6351 |
|
|---|
| 6352 | @inbook{SunLWP,
|
|---|
| 6353 | keywords = {light-weight processes, threads},
|
|---|
| 6354 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6355 | key = {Sun},
|
|---|
| 6356 | title = {System Services Overview, Lightweight Processes},
|
|---|
| 6357 | chapter = {6},
|
|---|
| 6358 | pages = {71-111},
|
|---|
| 6359 | publisher = {Sun Microsystems},
|
|---|
| 6360 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 6361 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 6362 | note = {available as Part Number: 800-1753-10},
|
|---|
| 6363 | }
|
|---|
| 6364 |
|
|---|
| 6365 | @article{Randell75,
|
|---|
| 6366 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6367 | author = {Brian Randell},
|
|---|
| 6368 | title = {System Structure for Software Fault Tolerance},
|
|---|
| 6369 | journal = ieeese,
|
|---|
| 6370 | volume = {SE-1},
|
|---|
| 6371 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 6372 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 6373 | year = 1975,
|
|---|
| 6374 | pages = {220-232},
|
|---|
| 6375 | }
|
|---|
| 6376 |
|
|---|
| 6377 | @book{Modula-3,
|
|---|
| 6378 | keywords = {language reference manual},
|
|---|
| 6379 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6380 | author = {Andrew Birrell and Mark R. Brown and Luca Cardelli and Jim Donahue and Lucille Glassman and John Gutag and Jim Harning and Bill Kalsow and Roy Levin and Greg Nelson},
|
|---|
| 6381 | title = {Systems Programming with Modula-3},
|
|---|
| 6382 | publisher = {Prentice-Hall, Inc.},
|
|---|
| 6383 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 6384 | series = {Prentice Hall Series in Innovative Technology}
|
|---|
| 6385 | }
|
|---|
| 6386 |
|
|---|
| 6387 | % T
|
|---|
| 6388 |
|
|---|
| 6389 | @article{Yeager91,
|
|---|
| 6390 | keywords = {teaching, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 6391 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6392 | author = {Dorian P. Yeager},
|
|---|
| 6393 | title = {Teaching Concurrency in the Programming Languages Course},
|
|---|
| 6394 | journal = {SIGCSE BULLETIN},
|
|---|
| 6395 | volume = 23,
|
|---|
| 6396 | number = 1,
|
|---|
| 6397 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 6398 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 6399 | pages = {155-161},
|
|---|
| 6400 | note = {The Papers of the Twenty-Second SIGCSE Technical Symposium on Computer Science Education,
|
|---|
| 6401 | March. 7--8, 1991, San Antonio, Texas, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 6402 | }
|
|---|
| 6403 |
|
|---|
| 6404 | @article{ml,
|
|---|
| 6405 | keywords = {ML, polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 6406 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 6407 | author = {Robin Milner},
|
|---|
| 6408 | title = {A Theory of Type Polymorphism in Programming},
|
|---|
| 6409 | journal = jcss,
|
|---|
| 6410 | year = 1978,
|
|---|
| 6411 | volume = 17, pages = {348-375}
|
|---|
| 6412 | }
|
|---|
| 6413 |
|
|---|
| 6414 | @book{Thoth,
|
|---|
| 6415 | keywords = {messages, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 6416 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6417 | author = {D. R. Cheriton},
|
|---|
| 6418 | title = {The Thoth System: Multi-Process Structuring and Portability},
|
|---|
| 6419 | publisher = {American Elsevier},
|
|---|
| 6420 | year = 1982
|
|---|
| 6421 | }
|
|---|
| 6422 |
|
|---|
| 6423 | @article{Boehm05,
|
|---|
| 6424 | keywords = {concurrency, C++},
|
|---|
| 6425 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6426 | author = {Hans-J. Boehm},
|
|---|
| 6427 | title = {Threads Cannot be Implemented as a Library},
|
|---|
| 6428 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 6429 | volume = 40,
|
|---|
| 6430 | number = 6,
|
|---|
| 6431 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 6432 | year = 2005,
|
|---|
| 6433 | pages = {261-268},
|
|---|
| 6434 | }
|
|---|
| 6435 |
|
|---|
| 6436 | @misc{Bumbulis90,
|
|---|
| 6437 | keywords = {parameter inference, ForceN},
|
|---|
| 6438 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 6439 | author = {Peter Bumbulis},
|
|---|
| 6440 | title = {Towards Making Signatures First-Class},
|
|---|
| 6441 | howpublished= {personal communication},
|
|---|
| 6442 | month = sep, year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 6443 | note = {}
|
|---|
| 6444 | }
|
|---|
| 6445 |
|
|---|
| 6446 | @techreport{alphard:preempt,
|
|---|
| 6447 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 6448 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 6449 | author = {Mary Shaw and Wm. A. Wulf},
|
|---|
| 6450 | title = {Toward Relaxing Assumptions in Languages and Their Implementations},
|
|---|
| 6451 | institution = {Carnegie-Mellon University},
|
|---|
| 6452 | year = 1980,
|
|---|
| 6453 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 6454 | note = {Reprinted in \cite{alphard}.}
|
|---|
| 6455 | }
|
|---|
| 6456 |
|
|---|
| 6457 | @inproceedings{Reynolds74,
|
|---|
| 6458 | keywords = {universal quantification, typed lambda calculus},
|
|---|
| 6459 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 6460 | author = {John C. Reynolds},
|
|---|
| 6461 | title = {Towards a Theory of Type Structure},
|
|---|
| 6462 | booktitle = {Colloque sur la Programmation},
|
|---|
| 6463 | year = 1974,
|
|---|
| 6464 | pages = {408-423},
|
|---|
| 6465 | editor = {B. Robinet},
|
|---|
| 6466 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 6467 | note = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science, v. 19},
|
|---|
| 6468 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 6469 |
|
|---|
| 6470 | }
|
|---|
| 6471 | }
|
|---|
| 6472 |
|
|---|
| 6473 | @incollection{Hoare72,
|
|---|
| 6474 | keywords = {critical region, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 6475 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6476 | author = {C. A. R. Hoare},
|
|---|
| 6477 | title = {Towards a Theory of Parallel Programming},
|
|---|
| 6478 | booktitle = {Operating Systems Techniques},
|
|---|
| 6479 | editor = {C. A. R. Hoare and R. H. Perott},
|
|---|
| 6480 | publisher = {Academic Press, New York},
|
|---|
| 6481 | year = 1972,
|
|---|
| 6482 | pages = {61-71},
|
|---|
| 6483 | }
|
|---|
| 6484 |
|
|---|
| 6485 | @inproceedings{Mitchell90,
|
|---|
| 6486 | keywords = {polymorphism, lambda calculus, bounded quantification},
|
|---|
| 6487 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 6488 | author = {John C. Mitchell},
|
|---|
| 6489 | title = {Toward a Typed Foundation for Method Specialization and Inheritance},
|
|---|
| 6490 | booktitle = {Conference Record of the Seventeenth Annual ACM Symposium
|
|---|
| 6491 | on Principles of Programming Languages},
|
|---|
| 6492 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 6493 | month = jan, pages = {109-124},
|
|---|
| 6494 | organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
|
|---|
| 6495 | abstract = {
|
|---|
| 6496 | This paper disucsses the phenomenon of {\em method specialization}
|
|---|
| 6497 | in object-oriented programming languages. A typed function
|
|---|
| 6498 | calculus of objects and classes is presented, featuring method
|
|---|
| 6499 | specialization when methods are added or redefined. The soundness
|
|---|
| 6500 | of the typing rules (without subtyping) is suggested by a
|
|---|
| 6501 | translation into a more traditional calculus with
|
|---|
| 6502 | recursively-defined record types. However, semantic questions
|
|---|
| 6503 | regarding the subtype relation on classes remain open.
|
|---|
| 6504 | }
|
|---|
| 6505 | }
|
|---|
| 6506 |
|
|---|
| 6507 | @article{EL1,
|
|---|
| 6508 | keywords = {polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 6509 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6510 | author = {B. Wegbreit},
|
|---|
| 6511 | title = {The Treatment of Data Types in {EL1}},
|
|---|
| 6512 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 6513 | volume = 17,
|
|---|
| 6514 | number = 5,
|
|---|
| 6515 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 6516 | year = 1974,
|
|---|
| 6517 | pages = {251-264},
|
|---|
| 6518 | }
|
|---|
| 6519 |
|
|---|
| 6520 | @mastersthesis{Till89,
|
|---|
| 6521 | keywords = {C, multiple return values, tuples},
|
|---|
| 6522 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6523 | author = {David W. Till},
|
|---|
| 6524 | title = {Tuples In Imperative Programming Languages},
|
|---|
| 6525 | school = {Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo},
|
|---|
| 6526 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 6527 | address = {Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1},
|
|---|
| 6528 | }
|
|---|
| 6529 |
|
|---|
| 6530 | @article{turing:old,
|
|---|
| 6531 | keywords = {verification, context conditions, faithful execution},
|
|---|
| 6532 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 6533 | author = {R. C. Holt and J. R. Cordy},
|
|---|
| 6534 | title = {The Turing Programming Language},
|
|---|
| 6535 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 6536 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 6537 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 6538 | volume = 31, number = 12, pages = {1410-1423}
|
|---|
| 6539 | }
|
|---|
| 6540 |
|
|---|
| 6541 | @book{Turing,
|
|---|
| 6542 | keywords = {verification, context conditions, faithful execution},
|
|---|
| 6543 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6544 | author = {R. C. Holt},
|
|---|
| 6545 | title = {Turing Reference Manual},
|
|---|
| 6546 | publisher = {Holt Software Associates Inc.},
|
|---|
| 6547 | year = 1992,
|
|---|
| 6548 | edition = {third},
|
|---|
| 6549 | }
|
|---|
| 6550 |
|
|---|
| 6551 | @techreport{Dijkstra79,
|
|---|
| 6552 | keywords = {split binary semaphores},
|
|---|
| 6553 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6554 | author = {Edsger W. Dijkstra},
|
|---|
| 6555 | title = {A Tutorial on the Split Binary Semaphore},
|
|---|
| 6556 | institution = {Nuenen},
|
|---|
| 6557 | address = {Netherlands},
|
|---|
| 6558 | number = {EWD703},
|
|---|
| 6559 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 6560 | year = 1979,
|
|---|
| 6561 | }
|
|---|
| 6562 |
|
|---|
| 6563 | @book{pldesign,
|
|---|
| 6564 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 6565 | editor = {Anthony I. Wasserman},
|
|---|
| 6566 | title = {Tutorial: Programming Language Design},
|
|---|
| 6567 | publisher = {Computer Society Press},
|
|---|
| 6568 | year = 1980
|
|---|
| 6569 | }
|
|---|
| 6570 |
|
|---|
| 6571 | @article{Leroy00,
|
|---|
| 6572 | keywords = {type-systems, exceptions},
|
|---|
| 6573 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6574 | author = {Xavier Leroy and Fran\c{c}ois Pessaux},
|
|---|
| 6575 | title = {Type-Based Analysis of Uncaught Exceptions},
|
|---|
| 6576 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 6577 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 6578 | year = 2000,
|
|---|
| 6579 | volume = 22,
|
|---|
| 6580 | number = 2,
|
|---|
| 6581 | pages = {340-377},
|
|---|
| 6582 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 6583 | Argues against declaring exceptions on routine definitions.
|
|---|
| 6584 | },
|
|---|
| 6585 | }
|
|---|
| 6586 |
|
|---|
| 6587 | @article{Cormack90,
|
|---|
| 6588 | keywords = {polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 6589 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6590 | author = {G. V. Cormack and A. K. Wright},
|
|---|
| 6591 | title = {Type-dependent Parameter Inference},
|
|---|
| 6592 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 6593 | volume = 25,
|
|---|
| 6594 | number = 6,
|
|---|
| 6595 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 6596 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 6597 | pages = {127-136},
|
|---|
| 6598 | note = {Proceedings of the ACM Sigplan'90 Conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation
|
|---|
| 6599 | June 20-22, 1990, White Plains, New York, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 6600 | }
|
|---|
| 6601 |
|
|---|
| 6602 | @article{concatenation,
|
|---|
| 6603 | keywords = {record concatenation, isa},
|
|---|
| 6604 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 6605 | author = {N. Wirth},
|
|---|
| 6606 | title = {Type Extensions},
|
|---|
| 6607 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 6608 | volume = {10},
|
|---|
| 6609 | number = {2},
|
|---|
| 6610 | pages = {204-214},
|
|---|
| 6611 | month = apr, year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 6612 | comment = {
|
|---|
| 6613 | Extended record types add fields to their base record. Assignment
|
|---|
| 6614 | truncations. Pointers can point at extended type instances. For
|
|---|
| 6615 | polymorphism, call by value is assignment, and call by reference is
|
|---|
| 6616 | pointer passing. Overloading isn't discussed. Type information
|
|---|
| 6617 | can be recovered through an ``is'' type test or through type guards
|
|---|
| 6618 | (casts). A version of the WITH statement could avoid repeated
|
|---|
| 6619 | checking.
|
|---|
| 6620 |
|
|---|
| 6621 | Private/public access to record fields can be provided by exporting
|
|---|
| 6622 | a base type, and using a private extension. Statically allocated
|
|---|
| 6623 | instances need a compiler hint specifying the maximum size of the
|
|---|
| 6624 | private type.
|
|---|
| 6625 |
|
|---|
| 6626 | Type checking is cheap (if the creation of pointer values is
|
|---|
| 6627 | controlled). Types have type descriptors. Extension descriptors
|
|---|
| 6628 | point at their direct base. Heap objects point at their
|
|---|
| 6629 | descriptor, and reference parameters are accompanied by type
|
|---|
| 6630 | descriptor parameters. ``v is t0'' loops along the chain of
|
|---|
| 6631 | descriptors.
|
|---|
| 6632 | }
|
|---|
| 6633 | }
|
|---|
| 6634 |
|
|---|
| 6635 | % U
|
|---|
| 6636 |
|
|---|
| 6637 | @unpublished{uC++book,
|
|---|
| 6638 | keywords = {control structure, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 6639 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6640 | author = {Peter A. Buhr},
|
|---|
| 6641 | title = {Understanding Control Flow with Concurrent Programming using $\mu${C}{\kern-.1em\hbox{\large\texttt{+\kern-.25em+}}}},
|
|---|
| 6642 | year = 1999,
|
|---|
| 6643 | note = {Textbook in preparation}
|
|---|
| 6644 | }
|
|---|
| 6645 |
|
|---|
| 6646 | @article{Cardelli85,
|
|---|
| 6647 | keywords = {polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 6648 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6649 | author = {Luca Cardelli and Peter Wegner},
|
|---|
| 6650 | title = {On Understanding Types, Data Abstractions, and Polymorphism},
|
|---|
| 6651 | journal = acmcs,
|
|---|
| 6652 | month = dec,
|
|---|
| 6653 | year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 6654 | volume = 17,
|
|---|
| 6655 | number = 4,
|
|---|
| 6656 | pages = {471-522},
|
|---|
| 6657 | }
|
|---|
| 6658 |
|
|---|
| 6659 | @inproceedings{Wilson92,
|
|---|
| 6660 | keywords = {garbage collection survey},
|
|---|
| 6661 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6662 | author = {Paul R. Wilson},
|
|---|
| 6663 | title = {Uniprocessor Garbage Collection Techniques},
|
|---|
| 6664 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the International Workshop on Memory Management},
|
|---|
| 6665 | location = {St. Malo, France},
|
|---|
| 6666 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 6667 | series = {Lecture Notes in Computer Science},
|
|---|
| 6668 | volume = 637,
|
|---|
| 6669 | month = sep,
|
|---|
| 6670 | year = {1992},
|
|---|
| 6671 | pages = {1-42},
|
|---|
| 6672 | }
|
|---|
| 6673 |
|
|---|
| 6674 | @inproceedings{Hewitt73,
|
|---|
| 6675 | author = {Carl Hewitt and Peter Bishop and Richard Steiger},
|
|---|
| 6676 | title = {A Universal Modular {ACTOR} Formalism for Artificial Intelligence},
|
|---|
| 6677 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the 3rd International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence},
|
|---|
| 6678 | address = {Standford, California, U.S.A.},
|
|---|
| 6679 | pages = {235-245},
|
|---|
| 6680 | month = aug,
|
|---|
| 6681 | year = 1973,
|
|---|
| 6682 | }
|
|---|
| 6683 |
|
|---|
| 6684 | @article{Bourne78,
|
|---|
| 6685 | keywords = {Shell},
|
|---|
| 6686 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6687 | author = {S. R. Bourne},
|
|---|
| 6688 | title = {The UNIX Shell},
|
|---|
| 6689 | journal = {The Bell System Technical Journal},
|
|---|
| 6690 | volume = {57, part 2},
|
|---|
| 6691 | month = {July--August},
|
|---|
| 6692 | year = 1978,
|
|---|
| 6693 | pages = {1971-1990},
|
|---|
| 6694 | }
|
|---|
| 6695 |
|
|---|
| 6696 | @inproceedings{Krischer12,
|
|---|
| 6697 | keywords = {exception, usability, asynchronous, assertion, injection, logging},
|
|---|
| 6698 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6699 | author = {Roy Krischer and Peter A. Buhr},
|
|---|
| 6700 | title = {Usability Challenges in Exception Handling},
|
|---|
| 6701 | booktitle = {5th International Workshop on Exception Handling (WEH)},
|
|---|
| 6702 | organization= {16th International Symposium on the Foundations of Software Engineering (FSE 16)},
|
|---|
| 6703 | address = {Zurich, Switzerland},
|
|---|
| 6704 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 6705 | year = 2012,
|
|---|
| 6706 | pages = {7-13},
|
|---|
| 6707 | }
|
|---|
| 6708 |
|
|---|
| 6709 | @techreport{Harmony,
|
|---|
| 6710 | keywords = {messages, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 6711 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6712 | author = {W. Morven Gentleman},
|
|---|
| 6713 | title = {Using the Harmony Operating System},
|
|---|
| 6714 | institution = {National Research Council of Canada, Ottawa, Canada},
|
|---|
| 6715 | number = {24685},
|
|---|
| 6716 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 6717 | year = 1985
|
|---|
| 6718 | }
|
|---|
| 6719 |
|
|---|
| 6720 | @article{delegation,
|
|---|
| 6721 | keywords = {delegation, inheritance, actors},
|
|---|
| 6722 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 6723 | author = {Henry Lieverman},
|
|---|
| 6724 | title = {Using Prototypical Objects to Implement Shared Behavior in
|
|---|
| 6725 | Object Oriented Systems},
|
|---|
| 6726 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 6727 | month = nov, year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 6728 | volume = 21, number = 11, pages = {214-223}
|
|---|
| 6729 | }
|
|---|
| 6730 |
|
|---|
| 6731 | % V
|
|---|
| 6732 |
|
|---|
| 6733 | @article{V-Kernel,
|
|---|
| 6734 | keywords = {messages, concurrency},
|
|---|
| 6735 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6736 | author = {David R. Cheriton},
|
|---|
| 6737 | title = {The {V} Distributed System},
|
|---|
| 6738 | journal = cacm,
|
|---|
| 6739 | month = mar,
|
|---|
| 6740 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 6741 | volume = 31,
|
|---|
| 6742 | number = 3,
|
|---|
| 6743 | pages = {314-333}
|
|---|
| 6744 | }
|
|---|
| 6745 |
|
|---|
| 6746 | @inproceedings{Amdahl67,
|
|---|
| 6747 | author = {Gene M. Amdahl},
|
|---|
| 6748 | title = {Validity of the Single Processor Approach to Achieving Large Scale Computing Capabilities},
|
|---|
| 6749 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the April 18-20, 1967, Spring Joint Computer Conference},
|
|---|
| 6750 | series = {AFIPS '67 (Spring)},
|
|---|
| 6751 | year = 1967,
|
|---|
| 6752 | location = {Atlantic City, New Jersey},
|
|---|
| 6753 | pages = {483--485},
|
|---|
| 6754 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 6755 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 6756 | }
|
|---|
| 6757 |
|
|---|
| 6758 | @article{Mayer81,
|
|---|
| 6759 | keywords = {},
|
|---|
| 6760 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6761 | author = {A. J. W. Mayer},
|
|---|
| 6762 | title = {Value Receiving Procedures},
|
|---|
| 6763 | journal = sigplan,
|
|---|
| 6764 | volume = 16,
|
|---|
| 6765 | number = 11,
|
|---|
| 6766 | month = nov,
|
|---|
| 6767 | year = 1981,
|
|---|
| 6768 | pages = {30-34},
|
|---|
| 6769 | }
|
|---|
| 6770 |
|
|---|
| 6771 | @article{Doran80,
|
|---|
| 6772 | keywords = {concurrency, Dekker's Algorithm},
|
|---|
| 6773 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6774 | author = {R. W. Doran and L. K. Thomas},
|
|---|
| 6775 | title = {Variants of the Software Solution to Mutual Exclusion},
|
|---|
| 6776 | journal = ipl,
|
|---|
| 6777 | month = jul,
|
|---|
| 6778 | year = 1980,
|
|---|
| 6779 | volume = 10,
|
|---|
| 6780 | number = {4/5},
|
|---|
| 6781 | pages = {206-208},
|
|---|
| 6782 | }
|
|---|
| 6783 |
|
|---|
| 6784 | @book{VAX,
|
|---|
| 6785 | keywords = {VAX, DEC},
|
|---|
| 6786 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6787 | key = {VAX},
|
|---|
| 6788 | title = {VAX-11 Architecture Reference Manual},
|
|---|
| 6789 | publisher = {Digital Press},
|
|---|
| 6790 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 6791 | year = 1982,
|
|---|
| 6792 | }
|
|---|
| 6793 |
|
|---|
| 6794 | @book{Kenah88,
|
|---|
| 6795 | author = {Lawrence J. Kenah and Ruth E. Goldenberg and Simon F. Bate},
|
|---|
| 6796 | title = {{VAX/VMS} Internals and Data Structures Version 4.4},
|
|---|
| 6797 | publisher = {Digital Press},
|
|---|
| 6798 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 6799 | }
|
|---|
| 6800 |
|
|---|
| 6801 | @article{Hesselink13,
|
|---|
| 6802 | keywords = {software solutions, N-thread, mutual exclusions},
|
|---|
| 6803 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6804 | author = {Wim H. Hesselink},
|
|---|
| 6805 | title = {Verifying a Simplification of Mutual Exclusion by {L}ycklama--{H}adzilacos},
|
|---|
| 6806 | journal = {Acta Informatica},
|
|---|
| 6807 | publisher = {Springer-Verlag},
|
|---|
| 6808 | year = {2013},
|
|---|
| 6809 | volume = {50},
|
|---|
| 6810 | number = {3},
|
|---|
| 6811 | pages = {199-228},
|
|---|
| 6812 | }
|
|---|
| 6813 |
|
|---|
| 6814 | % W
|
|---|
| 6815 |
|
|---|
| 6816 | @article{Herlihy91,
|
|---|
| 6817 | keywords = {linearization, wait-free synchronization},
|
|---|
| 6818 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6819 | author = {Maurice Herlihy},
|
|---|
| 6820 | title = {Wait-free Synchronization},
|
|---|
| 6821 | journal = toplas,
|
|---|
| 6822 | volume = {13},
|
|---|
| 6823 | number = {1},
|
|---|
| 6824 | month = jan,
|
|---|
| 6825 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 6826 | pages = {124--149},
|
|---|
| 6827 | numpages = {26},
|
|---|
| 6828 | publisher = {ACM},
|
|---|
| 6829 | address = {New York, NY, USA},
|
|---|
| 6830 | }
|
|---|
| 6831 |
|
|---|
| 6832 | @techreport{Moss90,
|
|---|
| 6833 | keywords = {Swizzling, database},
|
|---|
| 6834 | contributer = {akgoel@plg},
|
|---|
| 6835 | author = {J. Moss},
|
|---|
| 6836 | title = {Working with Persistent Objects: To Swizzle or Not to Swizzle},
|
|---|
| 6837 | institution = {CS Department, University of Massachusetts},
|
|---|
| 6838 | address = {},
|
|---|
| 6839 | number = {CS 90-38},
|
|---|
| 6840 | month = may,
|
|---|
| 6841 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 6842 | }
|
|---|
| 6843 |
|
|---|
| 6844 | @inproceedings{Str:oop,
|
|---|
| 6845 | keywords = { },
|
|---|
| 6846 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6847 | author = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
|
|---|
| 6848 | title = {What is ``Object-Oriented Programming''?},
|
|---|
| 6849 | booktitle = {Proceedings of the First European Conference on Object Oriented Programming},
|
|---|
| 6850 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 6851 | year = 1987
|
|---|
| 6852 | }
|
|---|
| 6853 |
|
|---|
| 6854 | @misc{Stroustrup:overloading,
|
|---|
| 6855 | keywords = {operator overloading},
|
|---|
| 6856 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6857 | author = {Bjarne Stroustrup},
|
|---|
| 6858 | title = {Why can't I overload dot, ::, sizeof, etc.?},
|
|---|
| 6859 | month = oct,
|
|---|
| 6860 | year = 2007,
|
|---|
| 6861 | howpublished= {{\small\textsf{http://\-www.research.att.com/\-bs/\-bs\_faq2.html\-\#overload-dot}}},
|
|---|
| 6862 | }
|
|---|
| 6863 |
|
|---|
| 6864 | @techreport{Gray85,
|
|---|
| 6865 | keywords = {fault-tolerant system},
|
|---|
| 6866 | contributer = {pabuhr@plg},
|
|---|
| 6867 | author = {Jim Gray},
|
|---|
| 6868 | title = {Why Do Computers Stop and What Can Be Done About It?},
|
|---|
| 6869 | institution = {Tandem Computers},
|
|---|
| 6870 | number = {85.7 PN87614},
|
|---|
| 6871 | month = jun,
|
|---|
| 6872 | year = 1985,
|
|---|
| 6873 | note = {\textsf{http://www.hpl.hp.com/\-techreports/\-tandem/\-TR-85.7.pdf}},
|
|---|
| 6874 | }
|
|---|
| 6875 |
|
|---|
| 6876 | % X
|
|---|
| 6877 |
|
|---|
| 6878 | % Y
|
|---|
| 6879 |
|
|---|
| 6880 | % Z
|
|---|
| 6881 |
|
|---|
| 6882 | % Cross-referenced entries:
|
|---|
| 6883 |
|
|---|
| 6884 | % O
|
|---|
| 6885 |
|
|---|
| 6886 | % The SIGPLAN Notices issue should be in a note field, but notes are
|
|---|
| 6887 | % inherited by all refering entries, instead of being held in the
|
|---|
| 6888 | % cross-referenced entry. Putting it in "publisher" is a kludge, but it
|
|---|
| 6889 | % works.
|
|---|
| 6890 | @proceedings{OOPSLA86,
|
|---|
| 6891 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 6892 | title = {{OOPSLA} '86 Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 6893 | booktitle = {{OOPSLA} '86 Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 6894 | year = 1986,
|
|---|
| 6895 | editor = {Norman Meyrowitz},
|
|---|
| 6896 | publisher = sigplan # " 21(11)",
|
|---|
| 6897 | organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
|
|---|
| 6898 | address = {Portland, Oregon},
|
|---|
| 6899 | month = sep # { 29}
|
|---|
| 6900 | }
|
|---|
| 6901 |
|
|---|
| 6902 | @proceedings{OOPSLA87,
|
|---|
| 6903 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 6904 | title = {{OOPSLA} '87 Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 6905 | booktitle = {{OOPSLA} '87 Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 6906 | year = 1987,
|
|---|
| 6907 | editor = {Norman Meyrowitz},
|
|---|
| 6908 | publisher = sigplan # " 22(12)",
|
|---|
| 6909 | organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
|
|---|
| 6910 | address = {Orlando, Florida},
|
|---|
| 6911 | month = oct # { 4--8}
|
|---|
| 6912 | }
|
|---|
| 6913 |
|
|---|
| 6914 | @proceedings{OOPSLA88,
|
|---|
| 6915 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 6916 | title = {{OOPSLA} '88 Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 6917 | booktitle = {{OOPSLA} '88 Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 6918 | year = 1988,
|
|---|
| 6919 | editor = {Norman Meyrowitz},
|
|---|
| 6920 | publisher = sigplan # " 23(11)",
|
|---|
| 6921 | organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
|
|---|
| 6922 | address = {San Diego, California},
|
|---|
| 6923 | month = sep # { 25--30}
|
|---|
| 6924 | }
|
|---|
| 6925 |
|
|---|
| 6926 | @proceedings{OOPSLA89,
|
|---|
| 6927 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 6928 | title = {{OOPSLA} '89 Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 6929 | booktitle = {{OOPSLA} '89 Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 6930 | year = 1989,
|
|---|
| 6931 | editor = {Norman Meyrowitz},
|
|---|
| 6932 | publisher = sigplan # " 24(10)",
|
|---|
| 6933 | organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
|
|---|
| 6934 | address = {New Orleans, Louisiana},
|
|---|
| 6935 | month = oct # { 1--6}
|
|---|
| 6936 | }
|
|---|
| 6937 |
|
|---|
| 6938 | @proceedings{OOPSLA90,
|
|---|
| 6939 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 6940 | title = {{OOPSLA/ECOOP} '90 Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 6941 | booktitle = {{OOPSLA} '90 Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 6942 | year = 1990,
|
|---|
| 6943 | editor = {Norman Meyrowitz},
|
|---|
| 6944 | publisher = sigplan # " 25(10)",
|
|---|
| 6945 | organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
|
|---|
| 6946 | address = {Ottawa, Canada},
|
|---|
| 6947 | month = oct # { 21--25}
|
|---|
| 6948 | }
|
|---|
| 6949 |
|
|---|
| 6950 | @proceedings{OOPSLA91,
|
|---|
| 6951 | contributer = {gjditchfield@plg},
|
|---|
| 6952 | title = {{OOPSLA} '91 Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 6953 | booktitle = {{OOPSLA} '91 Conference Proceedings},
|
|---|
| 6954 | year = 1991,
|
|---|
| 6955 | editor = {Andreas Paepcke},
|
|---|
| 6956 | publisher = sigplan # " 26(11)",
|
|---|
| 6957 | organization= {Association for Computing Machinery},
|
|---|
| 6958 | address = {Phoenix, Arizona},
|
|---|
| 6959 | month = oct # { 6--11}
|
|---|
| 6960 | }
|
|---|
